1 #LyX 1.6svn created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
7 % DO NOT ALTER THIS PREAMBLE!!!
9 % This preamble is designed to ensure that the User's Guide prints
10 % out as advertised. If you mess with this preamble,
11 % parts of the User's Guide may not print out as expected. If you
12 % have problems LaTeXing this file, please contact
13 % the documentation team
14 % email: lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
16 \usepackage{ifpdf} % part of the hyperref bundle
17 \ifpdf % if pdflatex is used
19 % set fonts for nicer pdf view
20 \IfFileExists{lmodern.sty}{\usepackage{lmodern}}{%
21 \usepackage[scaled=0.92]{helvet}
23 \usepackage{courier} }
25 % link all cross references and URLs in pdf output
26 \usepackage[colorlinks=true, bookmarks, bookmarksnumbered,
27 linkcolor=black, citecolor=black, urlcolor=blue, filecolor=blue,
28 pdfpagelayout=OneColumn, pdfnewwindow=true,
29 pdfstartview=XYZ, plainpages=false, pdfpagelabels,
30 pdfauthor={LyX Team}, pdftex,
31 pdftitle={The LyX User's Guide},pdfsubject={LyX},
32 pdfkeywords={LyX}]{hyperref}
34 \else % if dvi or ps is produced
36 % link all cross references and URLs in dvi output
37 \usepackage[ps2pdf]{hyperref}
39 \fi % end if pdflatex is used
41 % the pages of the TOC are numbered roman
42 % and a pdf-bookmark for the TOC is added
44 \let\myTOC\tableofcontents
45 \renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
46 \pdfbookmark[1]{Contents}{}
49 \pagenumbering{arabic} }
51 % redefine the \LyX macro for PDF bookmarks
52 \def\LyX{\texorpdfstring{%
53 L\kern-.1667em\lower.25em\hbox{Y}\kern-.125emX\@}
56 % define a short command for \textvisiblespace
57 \newcommand{\spce}{\textvisiblespace}
59 % redefine the greyed out note
60 \renewenvironment{lyxgreyedout}
61 {\textcolor{blue}\bgroup}{\egroup}
63 \options intoc,refpage,idxtotoc,BCOR7mm
68 \font_typewriter default
69 \font_default_family default
84 \paperorientation portrait
95 \paragraph_separation indent
97 \quotes_language english
100 \paperpagestyle default
101 \tracking_changes false
102 \output_changes false
118 \begin_layout Standard
120 If you have comments or error corrections, please send them to the LyX Documenta
123 lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
131 \begin_layout Standard
132 \begin_inset Note Note
135 \begin_layout Standard
136 To export this document as PDF, Postscript, or DVI, the LaTeX-package
143 \begin_layout Standard
144 This package should be part of all popular LaTeX-distributions.
152 \begin_layout Standard
153 \begin_inset CommandInset toc
154 LatexCommand tableofcontents
161 \begin_layout Chapter
165 \begin_layout Section
169 \begin_layout Standard
170 LyX is a document preparation system.
171 It is a tool for producing beautiful manuscripts, publishable books, business
172 letters and proposals, and even poetry.
173 It is unlike most other
174 \begin_inset Quotes eld
178 \begin_inset Quotes erd
181 in the sense that it uses the paradigm of a markup language as its core
183 That means that when you type a section header, you mark it as a
184 \begin_inset Quotes eld
188 \begin_inset Quotes erd
192 \begin_inset Quotes eld
195 Bold, 17 pt type, left justified, 5 mm space below
196 \begin_inset Quotes erd
200 LyX takes care of the typesetting for you, so you deal only with concepts,
204 \begin_layout Standard
205 This philosophy is explained in much greater detail in the
208 \begin_inset Quotes eld
212 \begin_inset Quotes erd
218 If you haven't read it yet, you need to.
222 \begin_layout Standard
224 \begin_inset Quotes eld
232 \begin_inset Quotes erd
235 describes several things in addition to LyX's philosophy: most importantly,
236 the format of all of the manuals.
237 If you don't read it, you'll have a bear of a time navigating this manual.
238 You might also be better served looking in one of the other manuals instead
241 \begin_inset Quotes eld
249 \begin_inset Quotes erd
255 \begin_layout Section
259 \begin_layout Standard
260 Like most applications, LyX has the familiar menu bar across the top of
262 Below it is a toolbar with a pulldown box and various buttons.
263 There is, of course, a vertical scrollbar and a main work area for editing
265 Near the bottom of the window is a small window containing a single line
272 \begin_inset Quotes eld
276 \begin_inset Quotes erd
284 when you need to type a command in the minibuffer.
287 \begin_layout Standard
288 Note that there is no horizontal scroll bar.
289 This is not a bug or an oversight, but intentional.
290 When you read a book, you expect the end of a line to wrap around to the
292 Text overflows onto new pages in a vertical fashion, hence the need for
293 only a vertical scrollbar.
294 There are three cases where you might want a horizontal scrollbar.
295 The first case is large figures, displayed WYSIWYG\SpecialChar \@.
296 This, however, is due
297 to a flaw in the routine that displays graphics on the LyX screen in a
298 WYSIWYG fashion; it should rescale the graphics to fit in the window, just
299 as you'd need to rescale graphics to fit on a page.
300 The second and third cases are tables and equations which are wider than
302 You can use the arrow keys to scroll horizontally through the table, but
303 this doesn't work for equations yet.
306 \begin_layout Standard
307 For a brief description of all LyX menus and toolbar buttons, have a look
308 at Appendix\InsetSpace ~
310 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
312 reference "cha:The-User-Interface"
317 Most of them are self-explanatory and you'll find them listed in the correspond
318 ing sections of this documentation.
321 \begin_layout Section
325 \begin_layout Standard
326 The help system consists of the LyX manuals.
331 of the manuals from inside LyX.
332 Just select the manual you want read from the
339 \begin_layout Section
341 \begin_inset CommandInset label
343 name "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
350 \begin_layout Standard
351 There are several features of LyX that can be configured from inside LyX,
352 without resorting to configuration files.
353 First, LyX is able to inspect your system to see what programs, LaTeX document
354 classes and LaTeX packages are available.
355 It uses this knowledge to give reasonable defaults to several
361 \begin_layout Standard
370 Although this configuration has already been done when LyX was installed
371 on your system, you might have some items that you installed locally, e.g.
372 new LaTeX classes, and which are not seen by LyX.
373 To force LyX to re-inspect your system, you should use
375 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
382 \begin_layout Standard
383 Reconfiguration of LyX
388 You should then restart LyX to ensure that the changes are taken into account.
391 \begin_layout Section
393 \begin_inset CommandInset label
395 name "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
402 \begin_layout Standard
403 LyX needs several LaTeX packages to work properly.
404 The packages found on the system by LyX are listed in the file
412 \begin_layout Standard
424 that will be created when using the menu
426 Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
431 \begin_layout Standard
442 You should install the required missing packages and then reconfigure LyX.
443 \begin_inset Note Note
446 \begin_layout Standard
447 The two braces in the ERT box prevent that the term
448 \begin_inset Quotes eld
452 \begin_inset Quotes erd
455 is printed with sub- and superscript letters.
456 More on ERT is described in section\InsetSpace ~
458 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
464 , the printout of proper names like LaTeX is explained in section\InsetSpace ~
466 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
468 reference "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
481 \begin_layout Standard
482 Reconfiguration of LyX
490 \begin_layout Chapter
494 \begin_layout Section
495 Basic File Operations
499 \begin_layout Standard
508 \begin_layout Standard
513 menu are basic operations for any word processor in addition to some more
517 \begin_layout Itemize
523 \begin_layout Itemize
535 \begin_layout Itemize
541 \begin_layout Itemize
547 \begin_layout Itemize
553 \begin_layout Itemize
560 \begin_layout Itemize
568 \begin_layout Itemize
575 \begin_layout Itemize
581 \begin_layout Itemize
587 \begin_layout Itemize
593 \begin_layout Itemize
599 \begin_layout Standard
600 They all do pretty much the same thing as in other word processors, with
601 a few minor differences.
604 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
613 command not only prompts you for a name for the new file, but also prompts
614 you for a template to use.
615 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
616 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
617 They can be of use for certain classes, especially those for writing letters
618 (see section\InsetSpace ~
620 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
622 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
629 \begin_layout Standard
631 \begin_inset Quotes eld
635 \begin_inset Quotes erd
639 \begin_inset Quotes eld
643 \begin_inset Quotes erd
647 \begin_inset Quotes eld
651 \begin_inset Quotes erd
654 Unless you tell LyX to open a file or create a new one, that big, blank
655 space is just that --- a big, blank space.
658 \begin_layout Standard
670 are useful if more people work on the same document at the same time
674 \begin_layout Standard
675 If you plan to do this, you should check out the Version Control feature
694 will reload the document from disk.
695 You can of course also use it if you regret that you changed a document
696 and want to restore it to the last save.
702 you can there register the changes you made to a document so that others
703 can identify this as your changes.
706 \begin_layout Section
707 Basic Editing Features
711 \begin_layout Standard
718 \begin_inset CommandInset label
720 name "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
727 \begin_layout Standard
728 Like most modern word processors, LyX can perform cut and paste operations
729 on blocks of text, can move by character, word, or screenful of text, and
730 can delete whole words as well as individual characters.
731 The next four sections cover the basic LyX editing features and how to
733 We'll start with cut and paste.
736 \begin_layout Standard
737 As you might expect, the
741 menu has the cut and paste commands, along with various other editing features.
742 Some of these are special and covered in later sections.
746 \begin_layout Itemize
752 \begin_layout Itemize
758 \begin_layout Itemize
764 \begin_layout Itemize
771 \begin_layout Itemize
778 \begin_layout Itemize
786 \begin_layout Standard
787 The first three are self-explanatory.
788 One thing to note: whenever you delete a block of text that you've selected,
789 it's automatically placed in the clipboard.
798 keys also functions as the
803 Also, if you've selected text, be careful: If you hit a key, LyX will completel
804 y delete the selected text and replace it with what you just typed.
809 to get back the lost text.
812 \begin_layout Standard
816 \begin_layout Standard
822 You can also copy text between LyX and other programs by cut, copy and paste.
828 shows you a list with the last strings you have pasted.
831 \begin_layout Standard
834 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
836 Special\SpecialChar \menuseparator
838 Text, Join\InsetSpace ~
841 will insert the text in the clipboard so that the whole text is inserted
847 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
853 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
854 will start a new paragraph.
857 \begin_layout Standard
861 \begin_layout Standard
871 \begin_layout Standard
879 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
891 Once you've found a word or expression, LyX selects it.
896 button replaces the selected text with the contents of the
907 button to skip the current word.
913 to replace all occurrences of the text in the document automatically.
919 option can be used if you want the search to consider the case of the search
921 If the toggle is set, searching for
922 \begin_inset Quotes eld
930 \begin_inset Quotes erd
933 will not match the word
934 \begin_inset Quotes eld
942 \begin_inset Quotes erd
948 Match whole words only
950 option can be used to force LyX to only find complete words.
952 \begin_inset Quotes eld
960 \begin_inset Quotes erd
964 \begin_inset Quotes eld
972 \begin_inset Quotes erd
978 \begin_layout Section
983 \begin_layout Standard
993 \begin_layout Standard
1000 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1002 name "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
1009 \begin_layout Standard
1010 If you make a mistake, you can easily recover from it.
1011 LyX has a large-capacity undo/redo buffer.
1014 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1017 to undo some mistake.
1018 If you accidentally undo too much, use
1020 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1024 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1028 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1031 The undo mechanism is currently limited to 100 steps to minimize memory
1036 \begin_layout Standard
1037 Notice that if you revert back all changes to arrive to the document as
1038 it was last saved, the
1039 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1043 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1046 status of the document is unfortunately not reset.
1047 This is a consequence of the 100 step undo limit, above.
1050 \begin_layout Standard
1059 work on almost everything in LyX.
1060 They have some quirks, too.
1069 text character by character, but by blocks of text.
1070 That can take some getting used to; you'll have to play with
1078 to get a feel for just how much they'll undo/redo, and after time, you'll
1079 surely appreciate how it works.
1082 \begin_layout Section
1087 \begin_layout Standard
1096 \begin_layout Standard
1097 This are the most basic mouse operations.
1100 \begin_layout Enumerate
1105 \begin_layout Itemize
1110 once anywhere in the edit window.
1111 The cursor moves to the text under the mouse.
1115 \begin_layout Enumerate
1120 \begin_layout Itemize
1126 LyX marks the text between the old and new mouse positions.
1129 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1132 to create a copy of the text in LyX's buffer (and the clipboard).
1135 \begin_layout Itemize
1136 Re-position the cursor and then paste the text back into LyX using
1138 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1145 \begin_layout Enumerate
1146 Insets (Footnotes, Notes, Floats, etc.)
1150 \begin_layout Standard
1155 the left mouse button to open or close any of these.
1156 Right-click on them to set its properties.
1157 Also check the appropriate section of this manual for more details.
1161 \begin_layout Enumerate
1166 \begin_layout Standard
1171 the right mouse button to open a dialog that will allow you to manipulate
1176 \begin_layout Section
1178 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1180 name "sec:Key-Bindings"
1188 \begin_layout Standard
1197 \begin_layout Standard
1198 We're not going to cover all of the keybindings.
1199 Be aware that there are at least two different primary binding maps: CUA
1201 LyX's default is CUA.
1204 \begin_layout Standard
1231 , do exactly what you expect them to do.
1235 \begin_layout Labeling
1236 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1240 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1241 LatexCommand nomenclature
1243 description "Tabulator key"
1249 There is no such thing as a tab stop in LyX.
1250 If you don't understand this, go read sections\InsetSpace ~
1252 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1254 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
1259 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1261 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
1265 , especially section\InsetSpace ~
1267 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1269 reference "sub:Lists"
1275 If you're still confused, look in the
1282 \begin_layout Labeling
1283 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1287 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1288 LatexCommand nomenclature
1290 description "Escape key"
1297 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1301 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1304 It's used, generically, to cancel operations.
1305 Other parts of the manual will go into greater detail about this.
1308 \begin_layout Labeling
1309 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1320 These move the cursor, respectively, to the beginning and end of a line,
1321 unless you are using the Emacs bindings where they jump to the beginning
1325 \begin_layout Standard
1326 There are three modifier keys:
1329 \begin_layout Labeling
1330 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1336 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1344 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1348 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1349 LatexCommand nomenclature
1351 description "Control key"
1355 in the documentation files) This has a couple of different uses, depending
1356 on which keys it's used in combination with:
1360 \begin_layout Itemize
1369 , it deletes an entire word instead of a single character.
1372 \begin_layout Itemize
1381 , it moves by words instead of characters.
1384 \begin_layout Itemize
1393 , it moves to the beginning and the end of the document, respectively.
1397 \begin_layout Labeling
1398 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1404 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1412 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1416 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1417 LatexCommand nomenclature
1419 description "Shift key"
1423 in the documentation files) Use this with any of the motion keys to select
1424 the text between the old and new cursor positions.
1427 \begin_layout Labeling
1428 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1434 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1442 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1446 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1447 LatexCommand nomenclature
1449 description "Meta or Alt key"
1453 in the documentation files) This is the Alt key on many keyboards, unless
1454 your keyboard has a distinct Meta key.
1455 If you have both keys, you will need to try out which one actually performs
1461 This key does many different things, but it also activates the
1463 menu accelerator keys
1466 If you use this in combination with any of the underlined letters in a
1467 menu or menu item, it selects that menu item.
1471 \begin_layout Standard
1472 For example, the sequence
1473 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1488 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1496 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1500 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1505 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1514 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1524 \begin_layout Standard
1525 There are also other things bound to the
1529 key, but you'll have to check in the
1541 \begin_layout Standard
1542 You'll learn more and more keybindings and short-cut keys as you use LyX,
1543 because most actions will prompt a small message in the status bar at the
1544 bottom of LyX's main window which describe the name of the action, you've
1545 just triggered, and any existing keybindings for that action.
1546 The notation for the keybindings is very similar to the notation used in
1547 this documentation, so you should not have any problems understanding it.
1548 However, notice that Shift-modifiers are explicitly mentioned, so
1551 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1557 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1564 followed by a capital
1570 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1578 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1588 \begin_layout Chapter
1593 \begin_layout Standard
1602 \begin_layout Section
1607 \begin_layout Standard
1616 \begin_layout Subsection
1620 \begin_layout Standard
1621 Before you do anything else, before you ever start writing a document, you
1622 need to decide what type of document you want to edit.
1623 Different types of documents use different types of spacing, headings,
1624 numbering schemes, and so on.
1625 Additionally, different documents use different paragraph environments,
1626 and format the title of your document differently.
1629 \begin_layout Standard
1634 describes a group of properties common to a particular set of documents.
1635 By setting the document class, you automatically select these properties,
1636 making it easier to create the type of document you want.
1637 If you don't choose a document class, LyX picks one for you by default.
1638 So, it behooves you to change the class of your document.
1641 \begin_layout Standard
1642 Read on for info about the document classes you can choose from LyX, and
1643 how to adjust their properties.
1646 \begin_layout Subsection
1651 \begin_layout Standard
1658 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1660 name "sec:Document-Classes"
1667 \begin_layout Subsubsection
1671 \begin_layout Standard
1672 There are four standard document classes in LyX.
1676 \begin_layout Description
1677 Article for basic articles
1680 \begin_layout Description
1681 Report for basic reports
1684 \begin_layout Description
1685 Book for writing a book
1688 \begin_layout Description
1689 Letter for US-style letters
1692 \begin_layout Standard
1693 There are also some non-standard classes, which LyX only uses if you have
1695 Here are some of the classes, the full list with detailed explanations
1696 can be found in chapter
1698 Special Document Classes
1707 \begin_layout Description
1708 A&A Journal articles in the style and format used in Astronomy & Astrophysics
1711 \begin_layout Description
1718 \begin_layout Standard
1727 eX For submissions to the journals published by the American Astronomical
1731 \begin_layout Description
1732 AMS Layouts for articles and books in the style and format used by the American
1733 Mathematical Society (AMS).
1734 There are three article layouts available.
1735 The standard one uses a typical numbering scheme for theorems etc., that
1736 prepends the section number to the number of the result.
1737 All result-type statements (propositions, corollaries, and so on) are sequenced
1738 together, but definitions, examples, and the like have their own sequence.
1740 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1743 sequential numbering
1744 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1747 scheme does not place the section number with each result, but numbers
1748 them throughout the article in a single sequence.
1749 Each type of result gets its own sequence.
1750 There is also a layout that dispenses with numbering of statements altogether.
1753 \begin_layout Description
1754 Beamer Layout for presentations
1757 \begin_layout Description
1758 broadway Layout for writing plays.
1759 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
1763 \begin_layout Description
1764 curiculum\InsetSpace ~
1765 vitae classes to create curriculum vitae
1768 \begin_layout Description
1769 Dinbrief Letters in format of the DIN (German industry norm)
1772 \begin_layout Description
1775 Die TeXnische Komödie
1777 , the journal of the German TeX user Group (Dante)
1780 \begin_layout Description
1781 Elsevier Layout for journals of the Elsevier publishing group
1784 \begin_layout Description
1785 Foils Used to make transparencies
1788 \begin_layout Description
1789 g-brief Letters in format of the DIN (German industry norm)
1792 \begin_layout Description
1793 hollywood Used to type spec scripts for the US film industry.
1794 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
1798 \begin_layout Description
1799 IEEEtran Layout for the journals published by the Institute of Electrical
1800 and Electronics Engineers (IEEE)
1803 \begin_layout Description
1804 IOP Layout for journals of the Institute of Physics publishing group
1807 \begin_layout Description
1808 Kluwer Layout for journals of the Kluwer publishing group
1811 \begin_layout Description
1812 koma-script a replacement for the standard classes, offers many useful features
1813 like caption formatting, automatic print space calculation etc.
1816 \begin_layout Description
1817 Memoir another replacement for the standard classes
1820 \begin_layout Description
1825 LaTeX document class
1828 \begin_layout Description
1829 Powerdot Layout for presentations
1832 \begin_layout Description
1837 \begin_layout Standard
1844 X is used to write articles for the publications of the American Physical
1845 Society (APS), American Institute of Physics (AIP), and Optical Society
1847 This class is not completely compatible with all LyX features.
1850 \begin_layout Description
1851 Slides Used to make transparencies
1854 \begin_layout Description
1856 Proceedings Layout for the journals published by The International Society
1857 for Optical Engineering (SPIE)
1860 \begin_layout Description
1861 Springer Layouts for journals of the Springer publishing group
1864 \begin_layout Description
1869 , the journal of the international TeX user Group (TUG)
1872 \begin_layout Standard
1873 We won't go into any detail about how to use these different document classes
1875 You can find all the details about the non-standard classes in the
1880 Here, we will settle with a list of some of the common properties of all
1881 of the document classes.
1884 \begin_layout Subsubsection
1888 \begin_layout Standard
1889 You can select a class using the
1891 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1896 \begin_layout Standard
1905 Select the class you want to use, and make any fine tunings of the options
1909 \begin_layout Subsubsection
1913 \begin_layout Standard
1914 Each class has a default set of options.
1915 Here's a quick table describing them:
1918 \begin_layout Standard
1919 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
1925 \begin_layout Standard
1927 \begin_inset Tabular
1928 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="5">
1930 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
1931 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
1932 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
1933 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
1934 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
1935 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
1936 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
1939 \begin_layout Standard
1945 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
1948 \begin_layout Standard
1963 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
1966 \begin_layout Standard
1981 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
1984 \begin_layout Standard
1999 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2002 \begin_layout Standard
2018 <row topline="true">
2019 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2022 \begin_layout Standard
2036 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2039 \begin_layout Standard
2054 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2057 \begin_layout Standard
2072 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2075 \begin_layout Standard
2090 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2093 \begin_layout Standard
2109 <row topline="true">
2110 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2113 \begin_layout Standard
2127 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2130 \begin_layout Standard
2145 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2148 \begin_layout Standard
2163 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2166 \begin_layout Standard
2181 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2184 \begin_layout Standard
2200 <row topline="true">
2201 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2204 \begin_layout Standard
2218 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2221 \begin_layout Standard
2236 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2239 \begin_layout Standard
2254 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2257 \begin_layout Standard
2272 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2275 \begin_layout Standard
2291 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
2292 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2295 \begin_layout Standard
2309 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2312 \begin_layout Standard
2327 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2330 \begin_layout Standard
2345 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2348 \begin_layout Standard
2363 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2366 \begin_layout Standard
2388 \begin_layout Standard
2389 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
2395 \begin_layout Standard
2396 You're probably also wondering what
2397 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2402 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2406 There are several paragraph environments used to create section headings.
2407 Different document classes allow different types of section headings.
2412 heading; the rest do not and begin instead with the
2417 Some document classes, such as the ones for letters, don't use any section
2427 headings, there are also
2435 headings, and so on.
2436 We'll describe these headings fully in section\InsetSpace ~
2438 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2440 reference "sub:Headings"
2447 \begin_layout Subsection
2452 \begin_layout Standard
2459 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2461 name "sub:Document-Layout"
2471 \begin_layout Standard
2480 \begin_layout Standard
2481 The most important properties of documents classes are set in the menu
2483 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2493 Documents\InsetSpace ~
2496 , you can enter special options for your document class in a comma-separated
2498 This is only necessary if LyX doesn't support special options you want
2499 to use for your document.
2500 To learn more about your favorite LaTeX-class and its options, you have
2504 \begin_layout Standard
2514 controls what sorts of headings and page numbers go on a page.
2515 You can choose between the following five options:
2518 \begin_layout Labeling
2519 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2524 Use default pagestyle of current class.
2527 \begin_layout Labeling
2528 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2533 No page numbers or headings.
2536 \begin_layout Labeling
2537 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2545 \begin_layout Labeling
2546 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2551 Page numbers and either the current chapter or section title and number.
2552 Whether LyX uses the current chapter or the current section depends on
2553 the maximum sectioning level of the class.
2556 \begin_layout Labeling
2557 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2562 This allows you to create fully customizable headers and footers if you
2569 \begin_layout Standard
2570 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
2578 At the moment, support in LyX is limited to this setting.
2579 To use the full power of this package, you have to add code to your document
2581 Check the documentation for the
2585 package for more details,
2586 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
2595 \begin_layout Standard
2600 of paragraphs is described in section\InsetSpace ~
2602 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2604 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
2611 \begin_layout Subsection
2612 Paper Size and Orientation
2616 \begin_layout Standard
2617 Document ! Paper size
2623 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2625 name "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
2632 \begin_layout Standard
2633 You'll find the following options in the menu
2638 of the dialog of the
2640 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2649 \begin_layout Standard
2658 \begin_layout Labeling
2659 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2664 What size paper to print on.
2668 \begin_layout Itemize
2674 \begin_layout Itemize
2684 \begin_layout Itemize
2690 \begin_layout Itemize
2696 \begin_layout Itemize
2702 \begin_layout Itemize
2708 \begin_layout Itemize
2714 \begin_layout Labeling
2715 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2720 Two toggle buttons choose whether to print the output as
2731 \begin_layout Labeling
2732 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2735 Two-sided\InsetSpace ~
2738 Adjusts the print space to print both sides of paper.
2739 That means that the print space for odd- and even-numbered pages is different.
2742 \begin_layout Subsection
2747 \begin_layout Standard
2754 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2764 \begin_layout Standard
2773 \begin_layout Standard
2774 Paper margins are set in the menu
2776 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2785 \begin_layout Standard
2794 \begin_layout Standard
2795 If you use a koma-script document class, you can use the default settings.
2796 Because koma-script calculates then the printspace automatically by taking
2797 the paper format and the font size into account.
2800 \begin_layout Subsection
2804 \begin_layout Standard
2805 If you change a document class, LyX has to convert
2810 That includes the paragraph environments.
2811 Some paragraph environments are standard; all of the document classes have
2812 them; but some classes have special paragraph environments.
2813 If this is the case, and you change the document class, LyX sets the missing
2814 paragraph environments to
2818 and places an error box at the beginning of the paragraph.
2819 Just click on them and you'll get a message dialog that tells you about
2820 the conversion and why it failed.
2823 \begin_layout Section
2824 Paragraph Indentation and Separation
2828 \begin_layout Standard
2829 Paragraph ! Indentation
2837 \begin_layout Subsection
2839 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2841 name "sec:Par-indent-intro"
2848 \begin_layout Standard
2849 Before describing all of the various paragraph environments, we'd like to
2850 say a word or two about paragraph indentation.
2853 \begin_layout Standard
2854 Everyone seems to have their own convention for separating paragraphs.
2855 Most Americans indent the first line of a paragraph.
2856 Others don't indent but put extra space between the paragraphs.
2857 If you choose indentation for paragraphs the
2861 paragraph of a section, or after a figure, an equation, a table, a list,
2867 Only a paragraph following another paragraph gets indented.
2868 Note that the indentation behavior is different when you use another document
2869 language than English.
2870 LaTeX takes care that the indentation follows the rules of the used language.
2873 \begin_layout Standard
2874 The space between paragraphs, like the line spacing, the space between headings
2875 and text --- in fact, all of the spacings for just about everything are
2877 As we said, you don't worry about how much space to add between what.
2878 LyX takes care of that.
2879 In fact, these pre-coded vertical spacings aren't a single number but a
2881 That way, LyX can squish or stretch the space between lines to make sure
2882 figures fit on a page with text, so that sections don't start at the bottom
2883 of a page, and so on.
2887 \begin_layout Standard
2888 LaTeX does this when LyX goes to produce a printable file.
2893 However, pre-coded doesn't mean you can't change them.
2894 LyX gives you the ability to globally change
2898 of these pre-coded spacings.
2899 We'll explain more later.
2902 \begin_layout Subsection
2903 Paragraph Separation
2907 \begin_layout Standard
2908 Paragraph ! Separation
2916 \begin_layout Standard
2917 To separate paragraphs, select
2932 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2937 \begin_layout Standard
2945 to indent paragraphs or add extra space between paragraphs, respectively.
2946 The size of the skips can be defined in the dialog, for the indentation
2947 you have to add this line to your document preamble:
2950 \begin_layout Standard
2960 \begin_layout Standard
2961 where length is a value in one of the units listed in Appendix\InsetSpace ~
2963 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2965 reference "cap:Units"
2970 The default length is 30\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
2974 \begin_layout Subsection
2978 \begin_layout Standard
2979 You can also change the separation method of a single paragraph.
2982 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2983 Paragraph\InsetSpace ~
2986 dialog and toggle the
2991 option to change the state of the current paragraph.
2992 If paragraphs have no indentation but use extra space for separation, this
2993 button will be ignored (you can't indent a single paragraph by toggling
2997 \begin_layout Standard
2998 You should only need to change the indentation method for a single paragraph
2999 if you need to do some fine-tuning.
3002 \begin_layout Subsection
3007 \begin_layout Standard
3008 Paragraph ! Line spacing
3016 \begin_layout Standard
3019 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3024 \begin_layout Standard
3032 dialog you can set the line spacing in the submenu
3041 \begin_layout Standard
3042 You need to have the LaTeX-package
3048 \begin_layout Standard
3049 LaTeX-packages ! setspace
3056 installed to use this feature.
3064 \begin_layout Section
3065 Paragraph Environments
3069 \begin_layout Standard
3070 Paragraph ! Environments
3076 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3078 name "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
3086 \begin_layout Standard
3087 Paragraph environments|(
3095 \begin_layout Subsection
3099 \begin_layout Standard
3100 The paragraph environments correspond to the various
3103 \begin_layout Standard
3123 command sequences in an ordinary LaTeX file.
3124 If you don't know LaTeX, or the concept of a paragraph environment is totally
3125 alien to you, we urge you to read the
3134 also contains many more examples than this section does.
3137 \begin_layout Standard
3138 A paragraph environment is simply a
3139 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3143 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3146 for a paragraph which gives that paragraph certain properties.
3147 This can include a particular style of font, different margins, a numbering
3148 scheme, labels, and so on.
3149 Additionally, you can
3150 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3154 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3157 the different environments inside one another, allowing one environment
3158 to inherit some of the properties of another.
3159 The different paragraph environments totally replace the need for messy
3160 tab stops, on the fly margin adjustment, and other hold-overs from the
3161 days of typewriters.
3162 There are several paragraph environments which are specific to a particular
3164 We'll only be covering the most common ones here.
3167 \begin_layout Standard
3168 To choose a new paragraph environment, use the pull-down box on the left
3170 LyX will change the environment of the
3174 paragraph in which the cursor sits.
3175 You can also change the environment of an entire group of paragraphs if
3176 you select them before choosing the new environment.
3180 \begin_layout Standard
3189 create a new paragraph using the
3193 paragraph environment.
3195 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3199 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3202 because if you are in one of these environments:
3205 \begin_layout Itemize
3211 \begin_layout Itemize
3217 \begin_layout Itemize
3223 \begin_layout Itemize
3229 \begin_layout Itemize
3235 \begin_layout Itemize
3241 \begin_layout Itemize
3247 \begin_layout Standard
3248 LyX keeps the old paragraph environment when you hit
3252 , rather than resetting it to
3257 LyX will still reset the nesting depth, however.
3258 Usually, starting a new paragraph resets both the paragraph environment
3259 and the nesting depth (for more on nesting see section\InsetSpace ~
3261 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3263 reference "sec:Nesting"
3268 At the moment, all this is context-specific; you're better off expecting
3273 to reset the paragraph environment and depth.
3274 If you want a new paragraph to keep the current environment and depth,
3282 \begin_layout Subsection
3286 \begin_layout Standard
3287 The default paragraph environment is
3292 It creates a plain paragraph.
3293 If LyX resets the paragraph environment, this is the one it chooses.
3294 In fact, the paragraph you're reading right now (and most of the ones in
3295 this manual) are in the
3302 \begin_layout Standard
3303 You can nest a paragraph using the
3307 environment in just about anything else, but you can't really nest anything
3315 \begin_layout Subsection
3320 \begin_layout Standard
3329 \begin_layout Standard
3330 A LaTeX title page has three parts: the title itself, the name(s) of the
3332 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3336 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3339 for thanks or contact information.
3340 For certain types of documents, LaTeX places all of this on a separate
3341 page along with today's date.
3342 For other types of documents, the title
3343 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3347 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3350 goes at the top of the first page of the document.
3354 \begin_layout Standard
3355 LyX provides an interface to the title page commands through the paragraph
3369 Here's how you use them:
3372 \begin_layout Itemize
3373 Put the title of your document in the
3380 \begin_layout Itemize
3381 Put the author name in the
3388 \begin_layout Itemize
3389 If you want the date to have a certain appearance, want to use a fixed date,
3390 or want other text to appear in place of today's date, put that text in
3396 Note that using this environment is optional.
3397 If you don't provide any, LaTeX will automatically insert today's date.
3398 If you don't want any date, add the line
3408 to the preamble of your document (menu
3410 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3416 \begin_layout Standard
3417 You can use footnotes to insert
3418 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3422 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3425 or contact informations.
3428 \begin_layout Subsection
3433 \begin_layout Standard
3440 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3449 \begin_layout Standard
3450 There are several paragraph environments for producing section headings.
3451 LyX takes care of the numbering for you.
3454 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3459 \begin_layout Standard
3460 Section headings ! Numbered
3468 \begin_layout Standard
3469 There are 7 numbered types of section headings.
3473 \begin_layout Enumerate
3479 \begin_layout Enumerate
3485 \begin_layout Enumerate
3491 \begin_layout Enumerate
3497 \begin_layout Enumerate
3503 \begin_layout Enumerate
3509 \begin_layout Enumerate
3515 \begin_layout Standard
3516 LyX labels each heading with a series of numbers, separated by periods.
3517 The numbers describe where in the document you are.
3518 Unlike the other headings, parts are numbered with Latin letters.
3521 \begin_layout Standard
3522 Headings all subdivide your document into different pieces of text.
3523 For example, suppose you're writing a book.
3524 You group the book into chapters.
3525 LyX does similar grouping:
3528 \begin_layout Itemize
3533 is divided in either
3542 \begin_layout Itemize
3554 \begin_layout Itemize
3566 \begin_layout Itemize
3578 \begin_layout Itemize
3590 \begin_layout Itemize
3602 \begin_layout Standard
3603 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
3606 \begin_layout Standard
3611 Not all document types use the
3615 heading as the maximum sectioning level.
3620 is the top-level heading.
3628 \begin_layout Standard
3633 environment to label a new sub-subsection, LyX labels it with its number,
3634 along with the number of the subsection, section, and, if applicable, chapter
3636 For example: the fifth section of the second chapter of this book has the
3638 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3642 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3648 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3653 \begin_layout Standard
3654 Section headings ! Unnumbered
3662 \begin_layout Standard
3663 There are 5 types of unnumbered section headings.
3667 \begin_layout Enumerate
3673 \begin_layout Enumerate
3679 \begin_layout Enumerate
3685 \begin_layout Enumerate
3691 \begin_layout Enumerate
3697 \begin_layout Standard
3699 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3703 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3706 after each name means that these headings are not numbered.
3707 They work the same as their numbered counterparts but won't appear in the
3708 table of contents, see section\InsetSpace ~
3710 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3719 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3720 Changing the Numbering
3721 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3723 name "sub:Numbering-depth"
3730 \begin_layout Standard
3731 You can also alter which sectioning levels get numbered and which ones appear
3732 in the Table of Contents.
3733 Now, this doesn't remove any of the levels; that's preset in the document
3735 Certain classes start with
3749 Similarly, not all document classes number all sectioning levels.
3759 This is something you can change.
3762 \begin_layout Standard
3765 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3774 \begin_layout Standard
3784 Numbering\InsetSpace ~
3788 you'll see two counters.
3793 controls how far down in the sectioning hierarchy LyX numbers a section
3795 The other one controls the appearance of the section headings in the table
3799 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3800 Short Titles of Headings
3804 \begin_layout Standard
3805 Section headings ! Short titles
3814 \begin_layout Standard
3821 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3823 name "sec:Short-Titles"
3830 \begin_layout Standard
3831 Some section or chapter titles, such as this one, can get quite long.
3832 This can cause troubles when there is limited horizontal space.
3833 For example, if the header of the page is set to show the current section
3834 title, a long title will protrude over the page margins and look awful.
3837 \begin_layout Standard
3838 LaTeX allows you to specify a short title for section headings.
3839 This short title is used in the header and in the actual table of contents,
3840 avoiding the problem mentioned.
3841 To specify a short title, use the menu
3843 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3848 This will insert a box labeled
3849 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3853 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3857 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3861 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3864 ) which you can use to enter the short title text.
3865 This also works for captions inside floats.
3868 \begin_layout Standard
3869 The title of this section is a good example of using this feature.
3872 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3876 \begin_layout Standard
3877 The following information applies to all section headings:
3880 \begin_layout Itemize
3881 You cannot do any nesting with these environments.
3884 \begin_layout Itemize
3885 You cannot use a margin note in any of these environments.
3888 \begin_layout Itemize
3889 You can only use inline math in these environments.
3892 \begin_layout Itemize
3893 You can use labels and cross-references to refer to their numbers.
3896 \begin_layout Subsection
3897 Quotes and Poetryline spacing
3900 \begin_layout Standard
3901 LyX has three paragraph environments for writing poetry and quotations.
3915 Forget the days of changing line spacing and twiddling with margins.
3916 These three paragraph environments already have those changes built-in.
3917 They all widen the left margin and add a bit of extra space above and below
3918 the text they contain.
3919 They also allow nesting, so you can put a
3927 , as well as in some other paragraph environments.
3930 \begin_layout Standard
3931 There is another feature of these three paragraph environments: they do
3940 when you start a new paragraph.
3941 So, you can type in that poem and merrily hit
3945 without worrying about the paragraph environment changing on you.
3946 Of course, that means that, once you're done typing in that poem, you have
3947 to change back to the
3951 environment yourself.
3954 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3964 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3974 \begin_layout Standard
3983 \begin_layout Standard
3984 Now that we've described the similarities of these three environments, it's
3985 time for the differences.
3994 are identical except for one difference:
3998 uses extra spacing to separate paragraphs and never indents the first line.
4007 indents the first line of a paragraph and uses the same line spacing throughout.
4010 \begin_layout Standard
4011 Here's an example of the
4024 I can keep writing, extending this line out further and further until it
4026 See -- no indentation!
4030 Here's the second paragraph of this quote.
4031 Again, there's no indentation, but there is extra space between me and
4032 the other paragraph.
4035 \begin_layout Standard
4036 Here's another example, this time in the
4043 \begin_layout Quotation
4049 If I keep writing, you'll see the indentation.
4050 If your country uses a writing style that shows off new paragraphs by indenting
4051 the first line, then
4055 is the environment for you! Well, you'd use it
4059 you were quoting other text.
4062 \begin_layout Quotation
4063 Here's a new paragraph.
4064 I could ramble on and on, like a politician at election time.
4065 If I did that, though, you'd get bored.
4068 \begin_layout Standard
4069 As the examples show,
4073 is for those people who use extra space to separate paragraphs.
4074 They should put quotes in the
4079 Those who use indentation to mark a new paragraph should use the
4083 paragraph environment for quoted text.
4086 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4095 \begin_layout Standard
4107 \begin_layout Standard
4114 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4123 \begin_layout Standard
4128 is a paragraph environment for poetry, rhymes, verses, and so on.
4135 Which I did not rehearse!
4139 It could be much worse.
4140 This line could be long, very long, oh so long, so very long that it wraps
4142 It looks okay on screen, but in the printed version, the extra lines are
4143 indented a bit more than the first.
4144 Okay, so it's turned to prose and doesn't rhyme anymore.
4151 And make things look fine
4160 \begin_layout Standard
4165 does not indent both margins.
4166 Each stanza of the verse or poem is in its own paragraph.
4167 To separate the individual lines of a stanza, use the
4178 \begin_layout Subsection
4183 \begin_layout Standard
4190 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4199 \begin_layout Standard
4200 LyX has four different paragraph environments for creating different kinds
4210 environments, LyX labels your list items with bullets or numbers, respectively.
4219 environments, LyX lets you provide your own label.
4220 We'll present the individual details of each type of list next after describing
4221 some general features of all four of them.
4224 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4228 \begin_layout Standard
4229 The four paragraph environments for lists differ from the other environments
4231 First, LyX treats each paragraph as a list item.
4240 reset the environment to
4244 but keeps the current environment and creates a new list item.
4245 The nesting depth is typically reset, however.
4246 If you want to keep both the current nesting depth and paragraph environment,
4251 to break paragraphs.
4254 \begin_layout Standard
4255 You can nest lists of any type inside one another.
4256 In fact, LyX changes the labels on some list items depending on how it
4258 If you intend to use any of the list paragraph environments, we suggest
4259 you read all of section\InsetSpace ~
4261 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4263 reference "sec:Nesting"
4271 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4280 \begin_layout Standard
4287 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4296 \begin_layout Standard
4297 The first type of list we'll describe in detail is the
4301 paragraph environment.
4302 It has the following properties:
4305 \begin_layout Itemize
4306 Each item has a particular bullet or symbol as its label.
4310 \begin_layout Itemize
4311 LyX uses the same symbol for all of the items in a given nesting level.
4314 \begin_layout Itemize
4315 The symbol appears at the beginning of the first line.
4319 \begin_layout Itemize
4320 The items can have any length.
4321 LyX automatically offsets the left margin of each item.
4322 The offset is always relative to whatever environment the
4329 \begin_layout Itemize
4334 environment inside another
4338 environment, the label changes to a new symbol.
4342 \begin_layout Itemize
4343 There are four different symbols for up to a four-fold nesting.
4346 \begin_layout Itemize
4347 LyX always shows the same symbol on screen.
4350 \begin_layout Itemize
4351 See section\InsetSpace ~
4353 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4355 reference "sec:Nesting"
4359 for a full explanation of nesting.
4363 \begin_layout Standard
4364 Of course, that explanation was also an example of an
4373 environment is best suited for lists where the order doesn't matter.
4376 \begin_layout Standard
4377 We said that different levels use different symbols as their label.
4378 Here's an example of all four possible symbols.
4379 Note that those of you reading this manual within LyX won't see any difference.
4382 \begin_layout Itemize
4383 The label for the first level
4387 is a large black dot, or bullet.
4391 \begin_layout Itemize
4392 The label for the second level is a dash.
4396 \begin_layout Itemize
4397 The label for the third is an asterisk.
4401 \begin_layout Itemize
4402 The label for the fourth is a centered dot.
4406 \begin_layout Itemize
4407 Back out to the third level.
4411 \begin_layout Itemize
4412 Back to the second level.
4416 \begin_layout Itemize
4417 Back to the outermost level.
4420 \begin_layout Standard
4421 These are the default labels for an
4426 You can customize these labels in the
4428 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4431 dialog in the submenu
4441 \begin_layout Standard
4450 \begin_layout Standard
4451 Notice how the space between items decreases with increasing depth.
4452 We'll explain nesting and all the tricks you can do with different depths
4453 in section\InsetSpace ~
4455 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4457 reference "sec:Nesting"
4464 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4473 \begin_layout Standard
4480 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4482 name "sec:Enumerate"
4489 \begin_layout Standard
4494 environment is used to create numbered lists and outlines.
4495 It has these properties:
4498 \begin_layout Enumerate
4499 Each item has a numeral as its label.
4503 \begin_layout Enumerate
4504 The type of numeral depends on the nesting depth.
4508 \begin_layout Enumerate
4509 LyX automatically counts the items for you and updates the label as appropriate.
4512 \begin_layout Enumerate
4517 environment resets the counter to one.
4520 \begin_layout Enumerate
4533 \begin_layout Enumerate
4534 Offsets the items relative to the left margin.
4535 Items can have any length.
4538 \begin_layout Enumerate
4539 Reduces the space between items as the nesting depth increases.
4542 \begin_layout Enumerate
4543 Uses different types of labels depending on the nesting depth.
4546 \begin_layout Enumerate
4547 Allows up to a four-fold nesting.
4551 \begin_layout Standard
4560 shows the different labels for each item in LyX.
4561 Here is how LyX labels the four different levels in an
4568 \begin_layout Enumerate
4569 The first level of an
4573 uses Arabic numerals followed by a period.
4577 \begin_layout Enumerate
4578 The second level uses lower case letters surrounded by parentheses.
4582 \begin_layout Enumerate
4583 The third level uses lower-case Roman numerals followed by a period.
4587 \begin_layout Enumerate
4588 The fourth level uses capital letters followed by a period.
4591 \begin_layout Enumerate
4592 Again, notice the decrease in the spacing between items as the nesting depth
4597 \begin_layout Enumerate
4598 Back to the third level
4602 \begin_layout Enumerate
4603 Back to the second level.
4607 \begin_layout Enumerate
4608 Back to the outermost level.
4611 \begin_layout Standard
4612 Once again, you can customize the type of numbering used in the
4617 It involves adding commands to the LaTeX preamble (see the
4622 As stated earlier, such customization only shows up in the printed version,
4626 \begin_layout Standard
4627 There is more to nesting
4631 environments than we've stated here.
4632 You should read section\InsetSpace ~
4634 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4636 reference "sec:Nesting"
4640 to learn more about nesting.
4643 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4652 \begin_layout Standard
4659 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4661 name "sec:Description-List"
4668 \begin_layout Standard
4669 Unlike the previous two environments, the
4673 list has no fixed label.
4674 Instead, LyX uses the first
4675 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4679 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4682 of the first line as the label.
4686 \begin_layout Description
4687 Example: This is an example of the
4694 \begin_layout Standard
4695 LyX typesets the label in boldface and puts extra space between it and the
4699 \begin_layout Standard
4701 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4705 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4708 it is meant that the first hit of the
4712 key ends the label if you are at the beginning of the first line of an
4714 If you need to use more than one word in the label use a
4725 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4726 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4727 Protected\InsetSpace ~
4730 , see section\InsetSpace ~
4732 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4734 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
4738 for more info.) Here is an example:
4741 \begin_layout Description
4743 Example: This one shows how to use a
4745 Protected\InsetSpace ~
4755 \begin_layout Description
4756 Usage: You should use the
4760 environment for things like definitions and theorems.
4761 Use it when you need to make one word in particular stand out in the text
4763 It's not a good idea to use a
4767 environment when you have an entire sentence that you want to describe.
4768 You're better off using
4780 paragraphs into them.
4783 \begin_layout Description
4784 Nesting: You can nest
4788 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
4792 \begin_layout Standard
4793 Notice that after the first line, LyX indents subsequent lines, offsetting
4794 them from the first line.
4797 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4806 \begin_layout Standard
4813 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4822 \begin_layout Standard
4827 environment is a LyX extension to LaTeX.
4831 \begin_layout Standard
4840 environment has user-defined labels for each list item.
4841 There are the following properties of this list environment:
4844 \begin_layout Labeling
4845 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
4847 labels LyX uses the first
4848 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4852 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4855 of each line as the item label.
4860 after the beginning of the first line of an item marks the end of the label.
4861 If you need to use more than one word in an item label, use a protected
4862 blank as described above.
4865 \begin_layout Labeling
4866 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
4867 margins As you can see, LyX uses different margins for the item label and
4868 the body of the item text.
4869 The body of the text has a larger left margin, which is equal to the default
4870 label width plus a little extra space.
4874 \begin_layout Labeling
4875 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
4877 width LyX uses the width of the label, or the default width, whatever
4879 If the label width is larger, the label
4880 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4884 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4887 into the first line.
4888 In other words, the text of the first line isn't aligned with the left
4889 margin of the rest of the item text.
4892 \begin_layout Labeling
4893 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
4894 default\InsetSpace ~
4895 width You can set the default label width to ensure that the text
4900 environment have the same left margin.
4902 To change the default width, select
4903 all items in the list.
4906 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4907 Paragraph\InsetSpace ~
4913 Longest\InsetSpace ~
4916 determines the default label width.
4917 You can use the text of your largest label here, but you can also use the
4919 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4923 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4926 multiple times instead.
4927 The M is the widest character and is a standard unit of widths in LaTeX.
4929 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4933 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4936 as the unit of width you don't need to keep changing the contents of
4938 Longest\InsetSpace ~
4941 every time you alter a label in a
4947 The predefined default width is the length of
4948 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4952 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4959 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
4962 \begin_layout Standard
4967 Setting the cursor into a list item to change only its label width will
4968 only change the width inside LyX but not in the output.
4976 \begin_layout Standard
4981 environment the same way like the
4985 list: When you need one word to stand out from the text that describes
4991 environment gives you another way to do this, using a different overall
4995 \begin_layout Standard
5000 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
5002 They work just like the other list paragraph environments.
5003 Read section\InsetSpace ~
5005 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5007 reference "sec:Nesting"
5011 to learn about nesting.
5014 \begin_layout Standard
5015 There is yet another feature of the
5019 environment: As you can see in the examples, LyX left-justifies the item
5021 You can use additional
5025 to change how LyX justifies the item label.
5030 later in section\InsetSpace ~
5032 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5034 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
5039 Here are some examples:
5042 \begin_layout Labeling
5043 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5044 Left The default for
5051 \begin_layout Labeling
5052 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5059 at the beginning of the label right justifies it.
5062 \begin_layout Labeling
5063 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5072 at the beginning of the label and one at the end centers it.
5075 \begin_layout Subsection
5080 \begin_layout Standard
5089 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5102 \begin_layout Standard
5103 Although LyX has document classes for letters, we've also created two paragraph
5114 To use the letter class, you need to use specific paragraph environments
5115 in a specific order, otherwise LaTeX gags on the document.
5116 In contrast, you can use the
5125 paragraph environments anywhere with no problem.
5126 You can even nest them inside other environments, though you can't nest
5130 \begin_layout Standard
5131 Of course, you're not limited to using
5146 , in particular, is useful for creating article titles like those used in
5147 some European academic papers.
5150 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5152 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5154 name "sec:Address-Usage"
5161 \begin_layout Standard
5166 environment formats text in the style of an address, which is also used
5167 for the opening and signature in some countries.
5173 environment formats text in the style of a right-justified address, which
5174 is used for the sender's address and today's date in some countries.
5175 Here's an example of each:
5178 \begin_layout Right Address
5185 When is it? What is today?
5188 \begin_layout Standard
5195 Notice that the lines all have the same left margin, which LyX sets to
5196 fit the largest block of text on a single line.
5197 Here's an example of the
5204 \begin_layout Address
5207 Where do I send this
5209 Your post office and country
5212 \begin_layout Standard
5213 As you can see, both
5222 add extra space between themselves and the next paragraph.
5227 in either of these environments, LyX resets the nesting depth and sets
5233 This makes sense, since
5241 function, and the individual lines of an address are not paragraphs.
5242 Thus, you have to use
5252 Formatting\InsetSpace ~
5253 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5261 menu) to start a new line in an
5273 \begin_layout Subsection
5277 \begin_layout Standard
5278 Most academic writing begins with an abstract and ends with a bibliography
5279 or list of references.
5280 LyX contains paragraph environments for both of these.
5283 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5290 \begin_layout Standard
5299 \begin_layout Standard
5304 environment is used for the abstract of an article.
5305 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
5306 only use it at the beginning of the document, after the title.
5307 Also, don't bother trying to nest
5311 in anything else or vice versa.
5317 environment is only useful in the article and report document classes.
5318 The book document classes ignores the
5322 completely, and it's utterly silly to use
5326 in a letter document class.
5329 \begin_layout Standard
5334 environment does several things for you.
5335 First, it puts the centered label
5336 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5340 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5344 The label and the text of the abstract are separated by some extra vertical
5346 Second, it typesets everything in a smaller font, just as you'd expect.
5347 Lastly, it adds a bit of extra vertical space between the abstract and
5348 the subsequent text.
5349 Well, that's how it will appear on the LyX screen.
5350 The appearance in the output depends on the used article or report class.
5353 \begin_layout Standard
5354 Starting a new paragraph by hitting
5358 does not reset the paragraph environment.
5359 The new paragraph will still be in the
5364 So, you will have to change the paragraph environment yourself when you
5365 finish entering the abstract of your document.
5368 \begin_layout Standard
5369 \begin_inset Float figure
5374 \begin_layout Standard
5376 \begin_inset Graphics
5377 filename clipart/Abstract.pdf
5387 \begin_layout Standard
5388 \begin_inset Caption
5390 \begin_layout Standard
5391 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5393 name "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
5414 \begin_layout Standard
5415 We'd love to give you directly an example of the
5419 environment, but since this document is in the
5420 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5424 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5427 class, we can't do this.
5428 We inserted it therefore as figure\InsetSpace ~
5430 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5432 reference "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
5437 If you've never heard of an
5438 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5442 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5445 before, you can safely ignore this environment.
5448 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5457 \begin_layout Standard
5464 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5466 name "sub:Biblio_environment"
5473 \begin_layout Standard
5478 environment is used to list references.
5479 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
5480 only use it at the end of the document.
5485 in anything else or vice versa won't work.
5488 \begin_layout Standard
5489 When you first open a
5493 environment, LyX add a large vertical space, followed by the heading
5494 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5498 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5502 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5506 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5509 depending on the document class.
5510 The heading is in a large boldface font.
5511 Each paragraph of the
5515 environment is a bibliography entry.
5520 does not reset the paragraph environment.
5521 Each new paragraph is still in the
5528 \begin_layout Standard
5529 For a detailed description of LyX's bibliography handling, have a look at
5530 in section\InsetSpace ~
5532 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5534 reference "sec:Bibliography"
5541 \begin_layout Subsection
5548 \begin_layout Standard
5549 Paragraph ! LyX code
5555 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5564 \begin_layout Standard
5569 environment is another LyX extension.
5570 It type-sets text in a typewriter-style font.
5575 key as a fixed whitespace;
5579 \begin_layout Standard
5590 Protected\InsetSpace ~
5593 instead of an end-of-word marker.
5598 this is the only case in which you can type multiple whitespaces in LyX.
5599 If you need to insert blank lines, you'll still need to use
5617 does not reset the paragraph environment.
5618 So, when you finish using the
5622 environment, you'll need to change the paragraph environment yourself.
5623 Also, you can nest the
5627 environment inside of others.
5630 \begin_layout Standard
5631 There are a few quirks with this environment:
5634 \begin_layout Itemize
5639 at the beginning of a new paragraph (i.e.
5651 \begin_layout Itemize
5664 \begin_layout Itemize
5669 to begin a new paragraph, then you can use a
5676 \begin_layout Itemize
5685 \begin_layout Itemize
5686 You can't have an empty paragraph or an empty line.
5687 You must put at least one
5691 in any line you want blank.
5692 Otherwise, LaTeX generates errors.
5695 \begin_layout Itemize
5696 You cannot get the typewriter double quotes by typing
5700 since that will insert
5705 You get the typewriter double quotes with
5713 if you use Emacs-like key bindings).
5716 \begin_layout Standard
5720 \begin_layout LyX-Code
5724 \begin_layout LyX-Code
5728 \begin_layout LyX-Code
5732 \begin_layout LyX-Code
5736 \begin_layout LyX-Code
5737 printf("Hello World!
5742 \begin_layout LyX-Code
5746 \begin_layout LyX-Code
5750 \begin_layout Standard
5751 This is just the standard
5752 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5756 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5763 \begin_layout Standard
5768 has one purpose: to typeset code, such as program source, shell scripts,
5769 rc-files, and so on.
5770 Use it only in those very special cases where you need to generate text
5771 as if you used a typewriter.
5775 \begin_layout Standard
5776 Paragraph environments|)
5784 \begin_layout Section
5785 Nesting Environments
5789 \begin_layout Standard
5790 Nesting ! Environments
5796 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5805 \begin_layout Subsection
5809 \begin_layout Standard
5810 LyX treats text as a unified block with a particular context and specific
5812 This allows you to create blocks that inherits some of the properties of
5814 For example you have three main points in an outline, but point #2 also
5816 In other words, you have a list inside of another list, with the inner
5818 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5822 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5828 \begin_layout Enumerate
5832 \begin_layout Enumerate
5837 \begin_layout Enumerate
5841 \begin_layout Enumerate
5846 \begin_layout Enumerate
5850 \begin_layout Standard
5851 You put a list inside of a list by nesting one list inside the other.
5852 Nesting an environment is quite simple: Select
5854 Increase\InsetSpace ~
5860 Decrease\InsetSpace ~
5868 menu to change the nesting depth of the current paragraph (the status bar
5869 will tell you how far you are nested).
5870 Instead of the menu, you can also use the toolbar buttons
5871 \begin_inset Graphics
5872 filename ../images/depth-increment.png
5879 \begin_inset Graphics
5880 filename ../images/depth-decrement.png
5886 or the convenient key bindings
5894 to change the nesting level.
5895 The change will work on the current selection if you have made one (allowing
5896 you to change the nesting of several paragraphs at once), or the current
5900 \begin_layout Standard
5901 Note that LyX only changes the nesting depth if it can.
5902 If it's invalid to do so, nothing happens if you try to change the depth.
5903 Additionally, if you change the depth of one paragraph, it affects the
5904 depth of every paragraph nested inside of it.
5907 \begin_layout Standard
5908 Nesting isn't limited to lists.
5909 In LyX, you can nest just about anything inside anything else, as you're
5911 This is the real power of nesting paragraph environments.
5914 \begin_layout Subsection
5915 What You Can and Can't Nest
5918 \begin_layout Standard
5919 Before we fire a list of paragraph environments at you, we need to tell
5920 you a little bit more about how nesting works.
5923 \begin_layout Standard
5924 The question if nesting a paragraph environment is possible, is a bit more
5925 complicated than a simple yes or no.
5926 There are three types of paragraph environments:
5929 \begin_layout Itemize
5930 Completely unnestable
5933 \begin_layout Itemize
5934 Fully nestable, you can nest them inside of things and you can also nest
5935 other things inside of them.
5938 \begin_layout Itemize
5939 A third type, you can nest them into other environments, but you can't nest
5943 \begin_layout Standard
5944 Here's a list of the three types of nesting behavior, and which paragraph
5945 environments have them:
5948 \begin_layout Description
5949 Unnestable Can't nest them.
5950 Can't nest into them.
5954 \begin_layout Itemize
5960 \begin_layout Itemize
5966 \begin_layout Itemize
5974 \begin_layout Itemize
5980 \begin_layout Itemize
5986 \begin_layout Itemize
5994 \begin_layout Itemize
6000 \begin_layout Itemize
6006 \begin_layout Itemize
6012 \begin_layout Itemize
6018 \begin_layout Itemize
6024 \begin_layout Itemize
6030 \begin_layout Itemize
6036 \begin_layout Itemize
6042 \begin_layout Itemize
6048 \begin_layout Itemize
6054 \begin_layout Itemize
6061 \begin_layout Description
6063 Nestable You can nest them.
6064 You can nest other things into them.
6068 \begin_layout Itemize
6074 \begin_layout Itemize
6080 \begin_layout Itemize
6086 \begin_layout Itemize
6092 \begin_layout Itemize
6098 \begin_layout Itemize
6104 \begin_layout Itemize
6110 \begin_layout Itemize
6117 \begin_layout Description
6118 Nestable-Inside You can nest them inside of other things.
6119 You can't nest anything into them.
6123 \begin_layout Itemize
6129 \begin_layout Itemize
6136 \begin_layout Itemize
6143 \begin_layout Standard
6148 environment doesn't really fit anywhere, since it's only used inside of
6162 \begin_layout Subsection
6163 Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc.
6167 \begin_layout Standard
6168 Nesting ! Tables etc.
6174 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6176 name "sec:table-and-fig-nesting"
6183 \begin_layout Standard
6184 There are several things that aren't paragraph environments, but which are
6185 affected by nesting anyhow.
6189 \begin_layout Itemize
6193 \begin_layout Itemize
6197 \begin_layout Itemize
6201 \begin_layout Standard
6203 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6206 \begin_layout Standard
6211 If you put a figure or a table in a
6215 , this is no longer true.
6220 Have a look at section\InsetSpace ~
6222 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6224 reference "sec:Floats"
6228 for more informations about
6235 \begin_layout Standard
6236 LyX can treat these three objects as either a word or as a paragraph.
6237 If a figure, table, or an equation is inline, it goes wherever the paragraph
6241 \begin_layout Standard
6242 On the other hand, if you have an equation, figure or table in a
6243 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6247 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6250 of its own, it behaves just like a
6251 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6255 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6258 paragraph environment.
6259 You can nest it into any environment, but you obviously can't nest anything
6263 \begin_layout Standard
6264 Here's an example with a table:
6267 \begin_layout Enumerate
6272 \begin_layout Enumerate
6273 This is (a) and it's nested.
6277 \begin_layout Standard
6278 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6284 \begin_layout Standard
6286 \begin_inset Tabular
6287 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
6289 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
6290 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
6291 <row topline="true">
6292 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6295 \begin_layout Standard
6310 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6313 \begin_layout Standard
6329 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
6330 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6333 \begin_layout Standard
6348 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6351 \begin_layout Standard
6374 \begin_layout Standard
6375 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6382 \begin_layout Enumerate
6384 The table is actually nested inside (a).
6388 \begin_layout Enumerate
6392 \begin_layout Standard
6393 If we hadn't nested the table at all, the list would look like this:
6396 \begin_layout Enumerate
6401 \begin_layout Enumerate
6402 This is (a) and it's nested.
6406 \begin_layout Standard
6407 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6413 \begin_layout Standard
6415 \begin_inset Tabular
6416 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
6418 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
6419 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
6420 <row topline="true">
6421 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6424 \begin_layout Standard
6439 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6442 \begin_layout Standard
6458 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
6459 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6462 \begin_layout Standard
6477 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6480 \begin_layout Standard
6503 \begin_layout Standard
6504 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6510 \begin_layout Enumerate
6517 In fact, it's not nested at all.
6520 \begin_layout Enumerate
6524 \begin_layout Standard
6525 Notice how item (b) is not only no longer nested, but is also the first
6529 \begin_layout Standard
6530 There's another trap you can fall into: Nesting the table, but not going
6532 LyX then turns anything after the table into a new sublist.
6535 \begin_layout Enumerate
6540 \begin_layout Enumerate
6541 This is (a) and it's nested.
6544 \begin_layout Standard
6545 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6551 \begin_layout Standard
6553 \begin_inset Tabular
6554 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
6556 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
6557 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
6558 <row topline="true">
6559 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6562 \begin_layout Standard
6577 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6580 \begin_layout Standard
6596 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
6597 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6600 \begin_layout Standard
6615 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6618 \begin_layout Standard
6641 \begin_layout Standard
6642 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6648 \begin_layout Enumerate
6650 The table is actually nested inside Item One, but
6658 \begin_layout Enumerate
6662 \begin_layout Standard
6663 As you can see, item (b) turned into the first item of a new list, but a
6669 The same thing would have happened to a figure or an equation.
6670 So, if you nest tables, figures or equations, make sure you go to the right
6674 \begin_layout Subsection
6675 Usage and General Features
6676 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6678 name "sub:Nesting-Usage"
6685 \begin_layout Standard
6686 Speaking of levels, LyX can perform up to a six-fold nesting.
6688 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6692 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6695 is the innermost possible depth.
6696 Here's an example to display what we mean:
6699 \begin_layout Enumerate
6700 level #1 - outermost
6704 \begin_layout Enumerate
6709 \begin_layout Enumerate
6714 \begin_layout Enumerate
6719 \begin_layout Itemize
6724 \begin_layout Itemize
6733 \begin_layout Standard
6734 There are two exceptions to the six-fold nesting limit, and you can see
6735 both of them in the example.
6736 Unlike the other fully-nestable environments, you can only perform a four-fold
6746 For example, if we tried to nest another
6751 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6755 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6761 \begin_layout Subsection
6766 \begin_layout Standard
6775 \begin_layout Standard
6776 The best way to explain just what you can do with nesting is by illustration.
6777 We have several examples of nested environments.
6778 In them, we explain how we created the example, so that you can reproduce
6782 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6783 Example 1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting
6786 \begin_layout Labeling
6787 \labelwidthstring MMM
6788 #1-a This is the outermost level.
6797 \begin_layout Labeling
6798 \labelwidthstring MMM
6799 #2-a This is level #2.
6800 We created it by using
6812 \begin_layout Labeling
6813 \labelwidthstring MMM
6814 #3-a This is level #3.
6815 This time, we just hit
6824 We could have also created it the same way as we did the previous level,
6837 \begin_layout Standard
6842 environment, nested inside of
6843 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6847 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6851 So, it's at level #4.
6852 We did this by hitting
6860 , then changing the paragraph environment to
6865 Do this to create list items with more than one paragraph - it also works
6881 \begin_layout Standard
6886 paragraph, also at level #4, made with just a
6893 \begin_layout Labeling
6894 \labelwidthstring MMM
6895 #4-a This is level #4.
6900 and changed the paragraph environment back to
6905 Remember - we can't nest anything inside of a
6909 environment, which is why we're still at level #4.
6914 keep nesting things inside of
6915 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6919 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6926 \begin_layout Labeling
6927 \labelwidthstring MMM
6928 #5-a This is level #5\SpecialChar \ldots{}
6933 \begin_layout Labeling
6934 \labelwidthstring MMM
6935 #6-a \SpecialChar \ldots{}
6936 and this is level #6.
6937 By now, you should know how we made these two.
6941 \begin_layout Labeling
6942 \labelwidthstring MMM
6943 #5-b Back to level #5.
6956 \begin_layout Labeling
6957 \labelwidthstring MMM
6966 , we're back at level #4.
6970 \begin_layout Labeling
6971 \labelwidthstring MMM
6972 #3-b Back to level #3.
6973 By now it should be obvious how we did this.
6977 \begin_layout Labeling
6978 \labelwidthstring MMM
6979 #2-b Back to level #2.
6984 \begin_layout Labeling
6985 \labelwidthstring MMM
6986 #1-b And last, back to the outermost level, #1.
6987 After this sentence, we'll hit
6991 and change the paragraph environment back to
6998 \begin_layout Standard
6999 We could have also used the
7015 environment in place of the
7020 The example would have worked exactly the same.
7023 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7024 Example 2: Inheritance
7027 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7028 This is the LyX-Code environment, at level #1, the outermost
7031 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7041 , after which, we'll change to the
7049 \begin_layout Enumerate
7054 environment, at level #2.
7057 \begin_layout Enumerate
7058 Notice how the nested
7062 not only inherits its margins from its parent environment (
7066 ), but also inherits its font and spacing!
7070 \begin_layout Standard
7071 We ended this example by hitting
7076 After that, we needed to reset the paragraph environment to
7080 and resetting the nesting depth by using
7087 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7088 Example 3: Labels, Levels, and the
7100 \begin_layout Standard
7101 Example #3: Labels, Levels and other list environments
7109 \begin_layout Enumerate
7110 This is level #1, in an
7114 paragraph environment.
7115 We're actually going to nest a bunch of these.
7119 \begin_layout Enumerate
7130 Now, what happens if we nest an
7134 environment inside of this one? It will be at level #3, but what will its
7135 label be? An asterisk?
7139 \begin_layout Itemize
7149 environment, even though it's at level #3.
7150 So, its label is a bullet.
7151 (We got here by using
7159 , then changing the environment to
7167 \begin_layout Itemize
7168 Here's level #4, produced using
7177 We'll do that again\SpecialChar \ldots{}
7182 \begin_layout Enumerate
7183 \SpecialChar \ldots{}
7185 This time, however, we also changed the paragraph environment back to
7190 Notice the type of numbering, it is
7194 , because we are in the
7218 \begin_layout Enumerate
7223 change the paragraph environment, but decrease the nesting depth? What
7224 type of numbering does LyX use?
7227 \begin_layout Enumerate
7228 Oh, as if you couldn't guess by now, we're just using
7232 to keep the current environment and depth but create a new item.
7235 \begin_layout Enumerate
7240 to decrease the depth after the next
7248 \begin_layout Enumerate
7250 Look what type of label LyX is using!
7254 \begin_layout Enumerate
7256 Even though we've changed levels, LyX is still using a lowercase Roman
7257 numeral as the label.Why?
7260 \begin_layout Enumerate
7261 Because, even though the nesting depth has changed, the paragraph is
7270 Notice, however, that LyX
7274 reset the counter for the label.
7278 \begin_layout Enumerate
7287 sequence, and we're back to level #2.
7288 This time, we not only changed the nesting depth, but we also moved back
7289 into the twofold-nested
7297 \begin_layout Enumerate
7298 The same thing happens if we do another
7306 sequence and return to level #1, the outermost level.
7309 \begin_layout Standard
7310 Lastly, we reset the environment to
7315 As you can see, the level number doesn't correspond to what type of labeling
7329 environments surrounding it determines what kind of label LyX uses for
7335 The same rule applies for the
7339 environment, as well.
7342 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7343 Example 4: Going Bonkers
7346 \begin_layout Enumerate
7347 We're going to go totally nuts now.
7348 We won't nest as deep as in the other examples, nor will we go into the
7349 same detail with how we did it.
7358 \begin_layout Standard
7361 Return, S-M-Right, Standard
7363 : level #2) We'll stick an encapsulated description of how we created the
7364 example in parentheses someplace.
7365 For example, the two keybindings are how we changed the depth.
7366 The environment name is the name of the current environment.
7367 Either before or after this, we'll put in the level.
7371 \begin_layout Enumerate
7376 : level #1) This is the next item in the list.
7381 Now we'll add verse.
7383 It will get much worse.
7387 Return, S-M-Right, Verse
7393 Fiddle dee, Fiddle doo.
7395 Bippitey boppitey boo!
7407 \begin_layout Standard
7408 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7414 \begin_layout Standard
7416 \begin_inset Tabular
7417 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7419 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7420 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
7422 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
7425 \begin_layout Standard
7440 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7443 \begin_layout Standard
7459 <row topline="true">
7460 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
7463 \begin_layout Standard
7478 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7481 \begin_layout Standard
7508 M-Return, Table, S-M-Right
7512 M-Return, Verse, S-M-Left
7518 \begin_layout Enumerate
7523 : level #1) This is another item.
7524 Note that selecting a
7528 resets the nesting depth to level #1, so we increased the nesting depth
7529 3 times to put the table inside the
7537 \begin_layout Quotation
7538 We're now ending the
7542 list and changing to
7547 We're still at level #1.
7548 We want to show you some of the things you can do by mixing environments.
7549 The next set of paragraphs is a
7550 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7554 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7566 environments inside of this one, then use another nested
7570 for the letter body.
7575 to preserve the depth.
7576 Remember that you need to use
7580 to create multiple lines inside the
7594 \begin_layout Right Address
7597 Moosegroin, MT 00100
7602 \begin_layout Address
7603 Dear Mr.\InsetSpace ~
7607 \begin_layout Quotation
7608 We regret to inform you that we cannot fill your order for 50
7609 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
7612 L of compressed methane gas due to circumstances beyond our control.
7613 Unfortunately, several of our cows have mysteriously exploded, creating
7614 a backlog in our orders for methane.
7615 We will place your name on the waiting list and try to fill your order
7616 as soon as possible.
7617 In the meantime, we thank you for your patience.
7620 \begin_layout Quotation
7621 We do, however, now have a special on beef.
7622 If you are interested, please return the enclosed pricing and order form
7623 with your order, along with payment.
7626 \begin_layout Quotation
7627 We thank you again for your patience.
7630 \begin_layout Address
7637 \begin_layout Quotation
7638 That ends that example!
7641 \begin_layout Standard
7642 As you can see, nesting environments in LyX gives you a lot of power with
7643 just a few keystrokes.
7644 We could have easily nested an
7665 You have a huge variety of options at your disposal.
7668 \begin_layout Section
7669 Spacing, pagination and line breaks
7672 \begin_layout Subsection
7674 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7676 name "sub:Horizontal-Space"
7683 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7689 \begin_layout Standard
7690 Horizontal Fills (HFills) are a special LyX feature for adding extra space
7691 in a uniform fashion.
7692 An HFill is actually a variable length space, whose length always equals
7693 the remaining space between the left and right margins.
7694 If there is more than one HFill on a line, they divide the available space
7695 equally between themselves.
7699 \begin_layout Standard
7704 can be inserted with
7706 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
7707 Formatting\InsetSpace ~
7708 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
7712 Here a few examples what you can do with them:
7717 This is on the left side
7719 This is on the right
7742 \begin_layout Standard
7743 That was an example in the
7749 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
7755 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
7758 is one in a standard paragraph.
7759 It may or may not be apparent in the printed text, but it
7763 sitting in-between the two arrows.
7766 \begin_layout Standard
7767 There may be more than one set of margins on a line.
7768 Here's an example with the
7775 \begin_layout Labeling
7776 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
7788 \begin_layout Standard
7790 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7794 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7797 marks the beginning of the item.
7798 (There is actually a
7799 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7803 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7806 HFill inside of the label of the
7810 environment; it's put at the end of the label automatically.) HFills work
7812 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7816 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7819 situations, like two-column mode.
7822 \begin_layout Standard
7823 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
7826 \begin_layout Standard
7831 If an HFill is at the beginning of a line, and
7835 in the first line in a paragraph, LyX ignores it.
7836 This prevents HFills from accidentally being wrapped onto a new line.
7837 If you need space in this case anyway, you have to use the LaTeX-command
7847 (ERT is explained in section\InsetSpace ~
7849 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
7863 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7864 Other space variants
7865 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7867 name "sub:Other-space-variants"
7874 \begin_layout Standard
7875 The following two sorts of spaces are not yet supported by LyX, so that
7876 you have to use ERT, see section\InsetSpace ~
7878 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
7885 That they are not supported is a hint that you need them very seldom in
7887 So use them only if it is really necessary (remind the WYSIWYM concept).
7890 \begin_layout Paragraph
7894 \begin_layout Standard
7895 Sometimes one needs space with a defined length, e.g for forms and questionnaires.
7896 This can be inserted by using the LaTeX-command
7907 For example the command
7914 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
7917 cm space within the following line:
7920 \begin_layout Standard
7922 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
7929 \begin_layout Standard
7939 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
7943 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
7946 cm space between the arrows.
7949 \begin_layout Standard
7950 You can use all length units listed in Appendix\InsetSpace ~
7952 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
7954 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
7961 \begin_layout Paragraph
7965 \begin_layout Standard
7966 Sometimes you want to insert space with exactly the length of a phrase.
7968 you want to create the following multiple choice question:
7971 \begin_layout Standard
7972 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
7975 What is correct English?:
7980 Edge would have been jumps the gun.
7986 \begin_layout Standard
8002 \begin_layout Standard
8013 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
8019 \begin_layout Standard
8020 So that the choices appear exactly after the phrase
8021 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8027 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8031 To get this, you can use the LaTeX-command
8038 In our case write the command
8045 (note the space after
8046 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8050 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8053 ) at the beginning of the last two lines.
8054 The command prints out the phrase within the the two braces, but invisible.
8055 That is why it is named
8056 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8060 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8067 \begin_layout Standard
8068 There exists also the commands
8080 , but this too special for the LyX Userguide.
8081 If you are interested in knowing more about this, have a look at
8082 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
8084 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
8096 \begin_layout Subsection
8098 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8100 name "sub:Vertical-Space"
8107 \begin_layout Standard
8108 To add extra vertical space above or below a paragraph, use the
8110 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8111 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8112 Vertical\InsetSpace ~
8116 There you find the following sizes:
8119 \begin_layout Standard
8132 are LaTeX sizes which depends on the font size of the document.
8137 is the skip adjusted in the dialog
8139 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8144 \begin_layout Standard
8152 for the paragraph separation.
8153 If you use indentation to separate paragraphs
8164 \begin_layout Standard
8169 is a variable space, set so that the space is maximal within one page.
8170 An example: You have only two short paragraphs on one page with a vfill
8172 Then the first paragraph is placed at the top of the page and the second
8173 one at the bottom, because the space between them is then maximal.
8182 s: they fill the remaining vertical space on a page with blank space.
8186 \begin_layout Standard
8191 s are described in section\InsetSpace ~
8193 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8195 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
8204 If there are several
8208 s on a page, they divide the remaining vertical space equally between themselves.
8209 You can therefore use
8213 s to center text on a page, or even place text 2/3 down a page.
8216 \begin_layout Standard
8221 are custom spaces in units explained in Appendix\InsetSpace ~
8223 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8225 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
8232 \begin_layout Standard
8233 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
8236 \begin_layout Standard
8243 When the extra vertical space would be in the output at the top/bottom of
8244 a page, the space is only added if you have also checked the option
8256 \begin_layout Subsection
8260 \begin_layout Standard
8261 You can change the paragraph alignment with the
8263 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8267 There are four possibilities:
8270 \begin_layout Itemize
8276 \begin_layout Itemize
8282 \begin_layout Itemize
8288 \begin_layout Itemize
8294 \begin_layout Standard
8295 The default in most cases is justified alignment, in which the inter-word
8296 spacing is variable and each line of a paragraph fills the region between
8297 the left and right margins.
8298 The other three alignments should be self-explanatory, and look like this:
8301 \begin_layout Standard
8303 This paragraph is right aligned,
8306 \begin_layout Standard
8308 this one is centered,
8311 \begin_layout Standard
8313 this one is left aligned.
8316 \begin_layout Subsection
8321 \begin_layout Standard
8328 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8330 name "sub:Forced-Pagebreaks"
8337 \begin_layout Standard
8338 If you don't like the way LaTeX does the pagebreaks in your document, you
8339 can force a pagebreak where you want one.
8340 Normally this will not be necessary, because LaTeX is good at pagebreaking.
8341 Only if you use many
8345 , LaTeX's page breaking algorithm can fail.
8348 \begin_layout Standard
8349 We recommend not to use forced pagebreaks until the text is finished, and
8350 until you have checked in the preview to see if you
8354 have to change the pagebreaking.
8357 \begin_layout Standard
8358 There are two types of pagebreaks: One that ends the page without any special
8360 This can be inserted above or below a paragraph by the menu
8362 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8363 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8368 The second type ends a page, but stretches the content of the page, so
8369 that it fills out the complete page.
8370 This type is useful to avoid whitespace when a pagebreak produces a page
8371 on which only the last few lines are absent.
8372 This type is not yet supported by LyX, so that you have to use the LaTeX
8383 \begin_layout Standard
8384 For more about ERT see section\InsetSpace ~
8386 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8398 The number can vary between 0 and 4.
8399 If 4 or no number is used, it will always be created a pagebreak
8403 \begin_layout Standard
8404 normally one uses simply
8416 The numbers 0 to 3 stand for the increasing priority level -- LaTeX decides,
8417 concerning the priority, if a pagebreak is created or not.
8420 \begin_layout Standard
8421 You might try to use a pagebreak to ensure that a figure or table appears
8422 at the top of a page.
8423 This is, of course, the wrong way to do it.
8424 LyX gives you a way of automatically ensuring that your figures and tables
8425 appear at the top of a page (or the bottom, or on their own page) without
8426 having to worry about what precedes or follows your figure or table.
8428 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8430 reference "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
8441 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8443 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8445 name "sub:Clear-Pages"
8453 \begin_layout Standard
8462 \begin_layout Standard
8463 Differently to forced pagebreaks where the content behind the break is directly
8464 placed at the next page, pages can also be cleared while breaking them.
8465 That means that the current paragraph is terminated and all, perhaps not
8466 yet processed floats from previous document parts are placed behind it,
8467 if necessary by adding pages.
8470 \begin_layout Standard
8471 You can insert a clear pagebreak with the menu
8473 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8474 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8479 When you have a two-sided document like a book, you can use the menu
8481 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8482 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8487 to insert a clear pagebreak that assures that the next page is a right-hand
8488 page (odd-numbered), if necessary by adding a page.
8491 \begin_layout Subsection
8496 \begin_layout Standard
8503 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8505 name "sub:Forced-Linebreaks"
8512 \begin_layout Standard
8513 Similar to pagebreaks there are two types of linebreaks: One that simply
8515 You can force this line break within a paragraph by selecting
8517 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8518 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8527 The other type breaks the line and stretches it so that it fills out the
8528 whole space between the page margins.
8529 This is necessary to avoid
8530 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8534 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8537 in justifies paragraphs due to whitespace introduced by linebreaks.
8538 This type is not yet supported by LyX, so that you have to use the LaTeX-comman
8550 The syntax is similar tho the command
8556 , described in the previous section.
8559 \begin_layout Standard
8560 You shouldn't use forced linebreaks to correct LaTeX's linebreaking, as
8561 LaTeX is very good at linebreaking.
8562 There are, however, a number of situations where it is necessary to actively
8563 set a linebreak, e.g.
8564 in a poem or for an address (see sections\InsetSpace ~
8566 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8568 reference "sec:Quote"
8573 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8575 reference "sec:Verse"
8580 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8582 reference "sec:Address-Usage"
8589 \begin_layout Subsection
8594 \begin_layout Standard
8603 \begin_layout Standard
8604 A blank is a blank? Not in good typography.
8605 While you might be used to press the space key anytime you want to separate
8606 two words in ordinary word processors, LyX offers you more spaces: Spaces
8607 of different width and spaces which can or cannot be broken at the end
8609 The following sections will show you some examples where those spaces are
8613 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8615 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8617 name "sub:Inter-word-Space"
8625 \begin_layout Standard
8634 \begin_layout Standard
8635 Some languages (e.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
8636 g.\InsetSpace \space{}
8637 English) have the typographical convention to add extra
8638 space after an end-of-sentence punctuation mark, and LyX honors those conventio
8639 ns (see section\InsetSpace ~
8641 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8643 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
8648 Sometimes, you want a normal space nevertheless.
8649 In this case, insert one with
8651 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8652 Special\InsetSpace ~
8653 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8654 Inter-word\InsetSpace ~
8664 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8666 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8668 name "sub:Protected-Space"
8676 \begin_layout Standard
8685 \begin_layout Standard
8686 The protected space: It is used to tell LyX (and LaTeX) not to break the
8688 This may be necessary to avoid unlucky linebreaks, like in:
8692 Further documentation is given in section
8695 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8697 reference "sec:Bibliography"
8705 \begin_layout Standard
8706 Obviously, it would be a good thing to put a protected space between
8707 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8711 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8715 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8719 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8721 reference "sec:Bibliography"
8726 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8730 A protected space is set with
8732 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8733 Special\InsetSpace ~
8734 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8749 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8751 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8753 name "sub:Thin-Space"
8761 \begin_layout Standard
8770 \begin_layout Standard
8772 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8776 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8779 is a blank which has half the size of a normal space (and it is also
8780 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8784 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8788 The typographical conventions in a lot of languages propose the use of
8789 thin spaces in cases where normal spaces would be too wide, for instance
8790 inside abbreviations:
8794 D.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
8796 Knuth has developed our beloved typesetting program, i.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
8797 e.\InsetSpace \space{}
8801 \begin_layout Standard
8802 or between values and units.
8803 Compare for example this:
8805 10\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
8811 \begin_layout Standard
8812 You can insert thin spaces with the menu
8814 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8815 Special\InsetSpace ~
8816 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8827 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8831 \begin_layout Standard
8832 Apart from the ones described, there are still some more spaces.
8833 Although LyX supports them natively, they can only be reached via a formula
8834 as described in section\InsetSpace ~
8836 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8838 reference "sub:Altering-Spacing"
8847 Te latter means to type
8851 space-insert <command>
8858 into the command buffer, where
8862 is one of the following:
8866 \begin_layout Standard
8868 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8872 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8875 is explained in Appendix\InsetSpace ~
8877 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8879 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
8891 \begin_layout Standard
8893 \begin_inset Tabular
8894 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="3">
8896 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0">
8897 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0">
8898 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0">
8899 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
8900 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8903 \begin_layout Standard
8911 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8914 \begin_layout Standard
8922 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8925 \begin_layout Standard
8934 <row topline="true">
8935 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8938 \begin_layout Standard
8946 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8949 \begin_layout Standard
8956 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8959 \begin_layout Standard
8966 <row topline="true">
8967 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8970 \begin_layout Standard
8978 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8981 \begin_layout Standard
8988 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8991 \begin_layout Standard
8998 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
8999 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9002 \begin_layout Standard
9010 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9013 \begin_layout Standard
9020 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9023 \begin_layout Standard
9030 <row bottomline="true">
9031 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9034 \begin_layout Standard
9042 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9045 \begin_layout Standard
9052 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9055 \begin_layout Standard
9062 <row bottomline="true">
9063 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9066 \begin_layout Standard
9074 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9077 \begin_layout Standard
9084 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9087 \begin_layout Standard
9094 <row bottomline="true">
9095 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9098 \begin_layout Standard
9106 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9109 \begin_layout Standard
9116 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9119 \begin_layout Standard
9126 <row bottomline="true">
9127 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9130 \begin_layout Standard
9138 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9141 \begin_layout Standard
9148 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9151 \begin_layout Standard
9158 <row bottomline="true">
9159 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9162 \begin_layout Standard
9170 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9173 \begin_layout Standard
9180 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9183 \begin_layout Standard
9197 \begin_layout Subsection
9199 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9201 name "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
9209 \begin_layout Standard
9218 \begin_layout Standard
9223 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9224 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9225 Horizontal\InsetSpace ~
9228 you can insert horizontal lines that spans over the whole document columns
9234 \begin_layout Section
9235 Fonts and Text Styles
9236 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9238 name "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
9245 \begin_layout Subsection
9250 \begin_layout Standard
9259 \begin_layout Standard
9260 There are two types of fonts:
9263 \begin_layout Description
9269 \begin_layout Standard
9275 are fonts, built from outlines of the single glyphs (i.e.
9276 characters) in the font.
9277 This means that each glyph is defined using mathematical curves that are
9278 well suited for scaling to any requested size.
9279 This mathematical definition is interpreted by the font renderer and the
9280 curve is filled out with pixels according to the size and glyph.
9281 This means that outline fonts will look pretty good in all sizes.
9282 Only at very small sizes it might be hard to provide a good rendering at
9283 very small sizes, where each pixel has to be very carefully computed to
9284 provide a good image.
9286 One could mean that one only needs to define one font
9287 size and scale them.
9288 But to achieve a better quality, many fonts define several font sizes.
9289 That improves the appearance, because you need more details at large font
9290 sizes than at small ones.
9308 \begin_layout Description
9314 \begin_layout Standard
9320 on the other hand, are defined by bitmap graphics from the start, so they
9321 will look good at all the sizes they are meant for.
9322 However, they don't scale well, because in order to scale a glyph, each
9323 pixel is enlarged into several pixels.
9324 It is the same effect that happens if you try to enlarge a picture in a
9325 picture manipulation program.
9326 In order to relieve this effect, bitmap fonts are typically provided in
9327 several fixed sizes typically from around 8 pixels high up to 34 pixels
9328 or so high in steps according to what is believed to be useful.
9329 The advantage of bitmap fonts is that no complicated computations are necessary
9330 to display each glyph, so bitmap fonts are thus faster displayed than scalable
9332 The disadvantage is that sizes that don't exists as fixed versions have
9333 to be scaled by doubling pixels, and thus look bad.
9335 Bitmap fonts are named
9341 in PostScript- and PDF-documents.
9344 \begin_layout Standard
9345 The result of all this, is that bitmap fonts are best for the size they
9346 are designed for, while scalable fonts are good for nearly all sizes.
9347 So one need less font size definitions for scalable fonts.
9348 That's the reason why nearly all text render and typesetting programs use
9352 \begin_layout Standard
9353 To test which fonts are used in a PDF-document, you can have a look into
9354 its document properties.
9357 \begin_layout Standard
9358 Many modern typesetting and markup languages have begun to move towards
9359 specifying character styles rather than specifying a particular font.
9360 For example, instead of changing to an italicized version of the current
9361 font to emphasize text, you use an
9362 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9366 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9370 This concept fits in perfectly with LyX.
9371 In LyX, you do things based on contexts, rather than focusing on typesetting
9375 \begin_layout Subsection
9376 Document Font and Font size
9377 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9379 name "sub:Document-Font"
9387 \begin_layout Standard
9397 \begin_layout Standard
9406 \begin_layout Standard
9407 You can set the document fonts in the
9409 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9416 \begin_layout Standard
9423 There you can specify which font should be used for the three different
9424 font shapes roman (serif),
9436 \begin_layout Standard
9437 The possible options for the font include
9441 and a list of fonts available on your system.
9446 uses the standard TeX fonts, known as
9447 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9455 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9463 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9468 European Computer Modern
9471 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9481 \begin_layout Standard
9490 are bitmap fonts, they often looks pixeled in PDF output, especially when
9491 you read the PDF in a zoomed size.
9495 \begin_layout Standard
9496 This problem doesn't appear if you read PDFs in
9501 version 6 or later, because this program includes a special bitmap font
9507 To get rid of pixeled fonts, you have to use a vector font.
9508 There are three ways to use one:
9511 \begin_layout Itemize
9512 One way is to use the
9522 Virtual means that it
9523 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9527 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9534 -glyphs from other fonts.
9535 This has the disadvantage that some characters are missing, like the French
9537 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9541 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9545 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9549 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9556 \begin_layout Standard
9557 Loading the LaTeX-package
9563 \begin_layout Standard
9564 LaTeX-packages ! aeguill
9571 with the document preamble line
9574 \begin_layout Standard
9579 usepackage[ec]{aeguill}
9582 \begin_layout Standard
9583 will fix the guillemet problem.
9588 and that accented characters are not
9592 glyph, they are build of
9596 characters, the accent and the letter.
9597 Therefore you can't search in documents using the
9601 fonts for words with accented characters.
9602 If you search for example for the French word
9603 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9607 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9610 in a PDF, you won't get any result, because the PDF-viewer searches for
9612 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9616 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9619 and not for the glyph
9620 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9627 \begin_layout Standard
9637 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9641 \begin_inset Note Note
9644 \begin_layout Standard
9652 The two braces behind the command prevents the following quotation mark
9653 to be accented with the grave.
9655 More about ERT and LaTeX-commands is described
9656 in section\InsetSpace ~
9658 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9672 \begin_layout Itemize
9673 Another possibility is to use three different outline fonts
9677 \begin_layout Standard
9686 , consists of these three main font types
9713 scaled to 92 or 95\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
9714 % as sans\InsetSpace ~
9721 The differences between roman,
9730 fonts are explained in section\InsetSpace ~
9732 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9734 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
9745 was originally designed for newspapers.
9746 That means its glyphs are smaller than the one from other fonts to fit
9747 into the small newspaper columns.
9753 is not the optimal choice for larger documents like books.
9756 \begin_layout Itemize
9757 The best solution is to use the
9762 These fonts are developed in order of the LaTeX community to replace
9769 \begin_layout Standard
9770 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
9773 For the font size there are four possible values:
9790 depends on your LaTeX-system, normally it is equal to the font size 10.
9793 \begin_layout Standard
9794 The font sizes are the
9799 LyX actually scales all other possible font sizes (such as those used in
9800 footnotes, super-, and subscripts) by this value.
9801 You can fine-tune the font size of text parts via the
9807 The possible font sizes for text parts are explained in section\InsetSpace ~
9809 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9811 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
9818 \begin_layout Standard
9819 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
9823 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
9826 \begin_layout Standard
9831 When you choose a new font or font size, LyX does
9835 change the screen font! You will only see a difference in the printed output;
9836 this is part of the WYSIWYM concept.
9837 LyX's screen fonts can be adjusted in the
9839 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9842 dialog, see section\InsetSpace ~
9844 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9846 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
9858 \begin_layout Subsection
9859 Using Different Character Styles
9863 \begin_layout Standard
9873 \begin_layout Standard
9882 \begin_layout Standard
9883 As we've already seen, LyX automatically changes the character style for
9884 certain paragraph environments.
9885 LyX supports two character styles,
9894 You can activate both of these styles via keybindings, the menus, and the
9898 \begin_layout Standard
9903 style, do one of the following:
9906 \begin_layout Itemize
9907 click on the toolbar button
9908 \begin_inset Graphics
9909 filename ../images/font-noun.png
9918 \begin_layout Itemize
9925 \begin_layout Standard
9926 These commands are all toggles.
9931 style is already active, they deactivate it.
9934 \begin_layout Standard
9935 One typically uses the
9939 style for proper names.
9941 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9948 is the original author of LyX.
9949 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9955 \begin_layout Standard
9956 A more widely used character style is the
9961 You can activate (or deactivate - it's also a toggle) the
9968 \begin_layout Itemize
9969 clicking on the toolbar button
9970 \begin_inset Graphics
9971 filename ../images/font-emph.png
9980 \begin_layout Itemize
9981 using the keybindings
9987 \begin_layout Standard
9992 style is equivalent to an italic font but some document classes or LaTeX-packag
9993 es use a different font.
9996 \begin_layout Standard
9997 We've been using the
10001 style all over the place in this document.
10002 Here's one more example:
10005 \begin_layout Quotation
10008 Don't overuse character styles!
10011 \begin_layout Standard
10012 It's also a warning in addition to an example.
10013 One's writing should parallel ordinary conversation.
10014 Since we don't all constantly scream at each other, we should also avoid
10015 the common tendency to overuse character style.
10019 \begin_layout Standard
10020 You can always reset to the default font using the keybinding
10027 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10034 \begin_layout Subsection
10035 Fine-Tuning with the
10040 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10042 name "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
10050 \begin_layout Standard
10059 \begin_layout Standard
10060 There are always occasions when you'll need to do some fine-tuning, so LyX
10061 gives you a way to create custom character style.
10062 For example, an academic journal or a corporation may have a style sheet
10063 requiring a sans-serif font be used in certain situations.
10064 Also, writers sometimes use a different font to offset a character's thoughts
10065 from ordinary dialog.
10068 \begin_layout Standard
10069 Before we document how to use custom character style, we want to issue a
10070 warning yet again: Don't overuse character styles!
10072 Documents that overuse
10073 different fonts and sizes are not well readable and tend to look like someone
10074 has knocked huge holes in it.
10077 \begin_layout Standard
10078 To use custom character styles, open the
10080 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10085 There are several boxes on this dialog, each corresponding to a different
10086 font property which you can choose.
10087 You can choose an option for one of these properties, or select
10092 , which keeps the current state of that property.
10097 will reset the property to whatever is the default.
10098 You can use this to reset attributes across a bunch of different paragraph
10099 environments in a snap.
10102 \begin_layout Standard
10103 The font properties, and their options (in addition to
10115 \begin_layout Labeling
10116 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10122 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10126 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10130 The possible options are:
10134 \begin_layout Labeling
10135 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10140 This is the Roman font family.
10141 Normally a serif font.
10142 It's also the default family.
10147 \begin_layout Standard
10165 \begin_layout Standard
10173 \begin_inset Note Note
10176 \begin_layout Standard
10177 The LaTeX-command prevents text to be broken at the end of a line.
10178 It is explained in section\InsetSpace ~
10180 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10182 reference "sub:Hyphenation"
10194 \begin_layout Labeling
10195 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10203 This is the Sans Serif font family.
10210 \begin_layout Standard
10228 \begin_layout Standard
10238 \begin_layout Labeling
10239 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10246 This is the Typewriter font family.
10253 \begin_layout Standard
10271 \begin_layout Standard
10284 \begin_layout Labeling
10285 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10290 This corresponds to the print weight.
10295 \begin_layout Labeling
10296 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10301 This is the Medium font series.
10302 It's also the default series.
10305 \begin_layout Labeling
10306 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10313 This is the Bold font series.
10320 \begin_layout Standard
10338 \begin_layout Standard
10349 \begin_layout Labeling
10350 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10355 As the name implies.
10360 \begin_layout Labeling
10361 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10366 This is the Upright font shape.
10367 It's also the default shape.
10370 \begin_layout Labeling
10371 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10385 s the Italic font shape
10391 \begin_layout Labeling
10392 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10399 This is the Slanted font shape
10401 (although it might not be visible in LyX, this is different from italic).
10404 \begin_layout Labeling
10405 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10413 This is the Small caps font shape
10420 \begin_layout Labeling
10421 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10426 Alters the size of the font.
10427 You'll find no numerical values here; all possible sizes are actually proportio
10428 nal to the document font size.
10429 Once again, you don't feed LyX the details, but a general description of
10430 what you want to do.
10435 \begin_layout Labeling
10436 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10444 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10448 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10458 \begin_layout Standard
10476 \begin_layout Standard
10487 \begin_layout Standard
10505 \begin_layout Standard
10515 \begin_layout Labeling
10516 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10524 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10528 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10538 \begin_layout Standard
10556 \begin_layout Standard
10566 \begin_layout Labeling
10567 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10575 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10579 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10589 \begin_layout Standard
10607 \begin_layout Standard
10618 \begin_layout Standard
10636 \begin_layout Standard
10646 \begin_layout Labeling
10647 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10655 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10659 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10669 \begin_layout Standard
10687 \begin_layout Standard
10698 \begin_layout Standard
10716 \begin_layout Standard
10726 \begin_layout Labeling
10727 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10733 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10737 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10741 It's also the default size.
10746 \begin_layout Standard
10764 \begin_layout Standard
10775 \begin_layout Standard
10793 \begin_layout Standard
10803 \begin_layout Labeling
10804 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10812 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10816 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10826 \begin_layout Standard
10844 \begin_layout Standard
10855 \begin_layout Standard
10873 \begin_layout Standard
10883 \begin_layout Labeling
10884 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10892 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10896 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10906 \begin_layout Standard
10924 \begin_layout Standard
10935 \begin_layout Standard
10953 \begin_layout Standard
10963 \begin_layout Labeling
10964 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10972 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10976 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10986 \begin_layout Standard
11004 \begin_layout Standard
11014 \begin_layout Labeling
11015 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11023 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11027 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11037 \begin_layout Standard
11055 \begin_layout Standard
11066 \begin_layout Standard
11084 \begin_layout Standard
11094 \begin_layout Labeling
11095 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11103 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11107 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11117 \begin_layout Standard
11135 \begin_layout Standard
11146 \begin_layout Standard
11164 \begin_layout Standard
11175 \begin_layout Standard
11180 : don't go crazy with this feature.
11181 You should almost never need to change the font size.
11182 LyX automatically changes the font size for different paragraph environments
11183 - use that instead.
11184 This is here for fine-tuning only!
11187 \begin_layout Labeling
11188 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11193 Here you can change a few other things at the character level.
11198 \begin_layout Labeling
11199 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11206 This is text with emphasize on
11209 This might seem like the same as
11213 , but it is actually a bit different.
11219 That means every document class can define its own font used for emphasized
11221 Normally this font is equal to italic.
11224 \begin_layout Labeling
11225 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11232 This is text with Underbar on.
11239 \begin_layout Standard
11257 \begin_layout Standard
11270 Avoid using underbar if you can! It's a holdover from the typewriter days,
11271 when you couldn't change fonts.
11272 We no longer need to emphasize text by underscoring characters.
11273 It's only included in LyX because some people
11277 need it in order to follow style sheets for journal submissions.
11280 \begin_layout Labeling
11281 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11288 This is text with Noun on.
11295 , this is a logical attribute.
11296 Normally it's equivalent to
11305 \begin_layout Labeling
11306 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11311 You can adjust the color of the text with this control.
11312 Notice that not all dvi-viewers are are able to display colors.
11318 , which is the default
11319 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11323 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11326 and means normally black, you can choose between
11362 \begin_layout Standard
11371 \begin_layout Labeling
11372 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11377 This is used to mark regions of text as having a different language from
11378 the language of the document.
11379 Text marked in this way will be underlined in blue to indicate the change
11383 \begin_layout Standard
11384 So you have a huge number of combinations to choose from.
11385 Once you've chosen a new character style via the
11387 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11391 dialog, the settings are saved.
11392 You can activate them using the toolbar button
11393 \begin_inset Graphics
11394 filename ../images/font-free-apply.png
11401 The button lets you toggle the state of your custom character style even
11402 when the dialog isn't visible.
11406 \begin_layout Standard
11407 To completely reset the character style to the default, use
11413 If you want to toggle only those properties that you have just changed
11414 (suppose you just set the shape to
11415 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11419 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11423 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11427 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11432 Toggle\InsetSpace ~
11442 \begin_layout Standard
11443 You should also know something about the differences between the three main
11460 \begin_layout Itemize
11466 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11470 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11473 font, that means every character has the same width, the
11474 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11478 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11482 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11486 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11496 \begin_layout Standard
11509 \begin_layout Standard
11521 \begin_inset Note Note
11524 \begin_layout Standard
11525 For more on phantoms see section\InsetSpace ~
11527 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11529 reference "sub:Other-space-variants"
11543 \begin_layout Itemize
11548 fonts use characters with serifs.
11549 These are the small
11550 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11554 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11557 at all ends of of the streaks that form the character.
11558 The following example will show the difference:
11564 text without serifs
11568 Serifs facilitates an easy and fast reading.
11569 They are therefore used as default font (named
11576 \begin_layout Itemize
11582 This font type is therefore often used for headings and short texts.
11583 We use it in this document to highlight menu names.
11586 \begin_layout Standard
11587 We conclude with the same warning once again: Don't overuse the fonts.
11588 They are, more often than not, a kludge and a bad substitute for good writing.
11591 \begin_layout Section
11592 Printing and Previewing
11595 \begin_layout Subsection
11599 \begin_layout Standard
11600 Now that we've covered some of the basic features of document preparation
11601 using LyX, you probably want to know how to print out your masterpiece.
11602 Before we tell you that, we want to give you a quick explanation of what
11603 goes on behind-the-scenes.
11604 We cover these informations in much greater detail in the
11606 Extended\InsetSpace ~
11612 \begin_layout Standard
11613 LyX uses the program LaTeX as its backend.
11614 LaTeX is just a macro package for the TeX typesetting system, but to prevent
11615 confusion, we'll only refer to LaTeX.
11616 LyX is what you use to do your actual writing.
11617 Then, LyX calls LaTeX to turn your writing into printable output.
11618 This happens in two stages:
11621 \begin_layout Enumerate
11622 First, LyX converts your document to a series of text commands for LaTeX,
11623 generating a file with the extension,
11624 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11632 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11638 \begin_layout Enumerate
11639 Next, LaTeX uses the commands in the
11643 file to produce printable output.
11647 \begin_layout Subsection
11648 Output file formats
11652 \begin_layout Standard
11659 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11661 name "sub:Output-file-formats"
11668 \begin_layout Subsubsection
11673 \begin_layout Standard
11674 File formats ! ASCII
11682 \begin_layout Standard
11683 This file type has the extension
11684 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11692 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11696 It contains your document as plain text following the rules of the
11697 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11700 American Standard Code for Information Interchange
11701 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11707 \begin_layout Standard
11708 You can export your document to ASCII by the menu
11710 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11711 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11717 \begin_layout Subsubsection
11722 \begin_layout Standard
11723 File formats ! LaTeX
11731 \begin_layout Standard
11732 This file type has the extension
11733 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11741 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11744 and contains all commands that are necessary for the LaTeX program to process
11746 If you know LaTeX, you can use it to find out LaTeX-Errors or to process
11747 it manually with console commands.
11748 The LaTeX-file is automatically created in LyX's temporary directory whenever
11749 you view or export your document.
11752 \begin_layout Standard
11753 You can export your document as LaTeX-file using the menu
11755 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11756 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11761 \begin_layout Standard
11773 \begin_layout Subsubsection
11778 \begin_layout Standard
11787 \begin_layout Standard
11788 This file type has the extension
11789 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11797 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11802 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11806 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11809 (DVI), because it is completely portable; you can move them from one machine
11810 to another without needing to do any sort of conversion.
11811 At the time when this file-format was developed, this was no matter of
11813 DVIs are used for quick previews and as pre-stage for other output formats,
11817 \begin_layout Standard
11818 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11821 \begin_layout Standard
11826 The DVI file doesn't contain images, they will only be a linked.
11827 So don't forget to deliver the images together with your DVIs.
11832 This property can also slow down your computer when you view the DVI.
11833 Because the DVI-viewer has to convert the image in the background to make
11834 it visible when you scroll in the DVI.
11835 So we recommend to use PDF for files with many images.
11838 \begin_layout Standard
11839 You can export your document to DVI by the menu
11841 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11842 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11848 \begin_layout Subsubsection
11853 \begin_layout Standard
11854 File formats ! PostScript
11862 \begin_layout Standard
11863 This file type has the extension
11864 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11872 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11876 PostScript was developed by the company
11880 as printer language.
11881 The file contains therefore commands that the printer uses to print the
11883 PostScript can be seen as
11884 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11887 programming language
11888 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11891 ; you can calculate with it and draw diagrams and images.
11895 \begin_layout Standard
11896 If you are interested to learn more about this, have a look at the LaTeX-package
11905 \begin_layout Standard
11906 LaTeX-packages ! pstricks
11916 Due to this ability, the files are often bigger than PDFs.
11919 \begin_layout Standard
11920 PostScript can only contain images in the format
11921 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11924 Encapsulated PostScript
11925 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11928 (EPS, file extension
11929 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11937 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11941 As LyX allows you to use any known image format in your document, it has
11942 to convert them in the background to EPS.
11943 If you have e.g 50 images in your document, LyX has to do 50 conversions
11944 whenever you view or export your document.
11945 This will slow down your workflow with LyX drastically.
11946 So if you plan to use PostScript, you can insert your images directly as
11947 EPS to avoid this problem.
11950 \begin_layout Standard
11951 You can export your document to PostScript using the menu
11953 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11954 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11960 \begin_layout Subsubsection
11965 \begin_layout Standard
11975 \begin_layout Standard
11984 \begin_layout Standard
11985 This file type has the extension
11986 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11994 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11999 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12002 Portable Document Format
12003 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12006 (PDF) is developed by
12010 as derivative from PostScript.
12011 It is more compressed and it uses much less commands than PostScript.
12013 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12017 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12020 implies, it can be processed at any computer system and the printed output
12021 looks exactly the same.
12024 \begin_layout Standard
12025 PDF can contain images in its own PDF format and in the formats
12026 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12029 Joint Photographic Experts Group
12030 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12033 (JPG, file extension
12034 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12042 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12046 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12054 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12058 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12061 Portable Network Graphics
12062 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12065 (PNG, file extension
12066 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12074 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12078 You can although use any other image format, because LyX converts them
12079 in the background to one of these formats.
12080 But as described in the section about PostScript, the image conversion
12081 will slow down your workflow.
12082 So we recommend to use images in one of the three mentioned formats.
12085 \begin_layout Standard
12086 You can export your document to PDF via the menu
12088 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12091 in three different ways:
12094 \begin_layout Description
12095 PDF This uses the program
12099 that creates a PDF from a PostScript-version of your file.
12100 The PostScript-version is produced by the program
12104 which uses a DVI-version as intermediate step.
12105 So this export variant consist of three conversions.
12108 \begin_layout Description
12110 (dvipdfm) This uses the program
12114 that converts your file in the background to DVI and in a second step to
12118 \begin_layout Description
12120 (pdflatex) This uses the program
12124 that converts your file directly to PDF.
12127 \begin_layout Standard
12128 We recommend to use
12137 supports all features of actual PDF-versions, is quick and works stable
12143 is no more under development and therefore a bit outdated.
12146 \begin_layout Subsection
12151 \begin_layout Standard
12160 \begin_layout Standard
12161 To get a look at the final version of your document, with all of the pagebreaks
12162 in place, the footnotes correctly numbered, and so on, use the menu
12166 and choose a file type.
12167 A viewing program will popup showing the output.
12170 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12173 you can use the toolbar button
12174 \begin_inset Graphics
12175 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
12187 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12191 you can use the toolbar button
12192 \begin_inset Graphics
12193 filename ../images/buffer-export_pdf2.png
12202 \begin_layout Standard
12203 If you have changed your document, you can refresh the output in the same
12204 viewer window using the menu
12206 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12212 \begin_layout Standard
12213 When you preview a file, the output file is only generated in LyX's temporary
12215 To have a real output, export your document.
12218 \begin_layout Subsection
12219 Printing the File from within LyX
12220 \begin_inset CommandInset label
12222 name "sub:Printing-the-File"
12229 \begin_layout Standard
12230 Instead of exporting your file and then printing them, you can also print
12231 it directly from within LyX.
12232 To print a file, select the menu
12234 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12237 or click on the toolbar button
12238 \begin_inset Graphics
12239 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
12246 LyX will internally call LaTeX to produce a DVI.
12247 This file is then processed by the program
12251 to PostScript-file, which is finally printed using the program
12256 Due to these steps in the background, this method is not the fastest.
12259 \begin_layout Standard
12260 You can choose to print only even-numbered or odd-numbered pages - this
12261 is useful for printing on two sides: You can re-insert the pages after
12262 printing one set to print on the other side.
12263 Some printers spit out pages face-up, others, face-down.
12264 By choosing a particular order to print in, you can take the entire stack
12265 of pages out of the printer without needing to reorder them.
12268 \begin_layout Standard
12269 You can set the parameters in the
12277 \begin_layout Labeling
12278 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12283 This is the name of the printer to print to.
12287 \begin_layout Standard
12288 Note that this printer name is for the program
12297 has to be configured for this printer name.
12298 The default printer can be set in LyX's preferences dialog, see section\InsetSpace ~
12300 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12302 reference "sub:Printer"
12311 The printer should understand PostScript.
12314 \begin_layout Labeling
12315 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12320 The name of a file to print to.
12321 The output will be a PostScript file.
12322 It will be written in LyX's working directory unless you specify the full
12326 \begin_layout Section
12327 A few Words about Typography
12331 \begin_layout Standard
12340 \begin_layout Subsection
12345 \begin_layout Standard
12352 \begin_inset CommandInset label
12361 \begin_layout Standard
12363 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12371 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12374 character comes in three lengths, often called the
12389 \begin_layout Enumerate
12395 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12403 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12409 \begin_layout Enumerate
12415 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12424 \begin_layout Standard
12436 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12442 \begin_layout Enumerate
12448 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12457 \begin_layout Standard
12470 \begin_layout Standard
12482 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12488 \begin_layout Enumerate
12492 \begin_inset Formula $-$
12498 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12506 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12512 \begin_layout Standard
12513 You generate them by inserting the
12514 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12522 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12525 character multiple times in a row.
12526 They are automatically converted to the appropriate length dash in the
12527 final output, but not in LyX.
12530 \begin_layout Standard
12531 The three dash types are distinct from the minus sign, which appears in
12532 math mode and has a length of its own.
12533 Here are some examples of the
12534 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12542 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12548 \begin_layout Enumerate
12549 line- and page-breaks
12558 \begin_layout Enumerate
12568 \begin_layout Enumerate
12569 Oh --- there's a dash.
12578 \begin_layout Enumerate
12579 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}-y^{2}=z^{2}$
12591 \begin_layout Subsection
12596 \begin_layout Standard
12603 \begin_inset CommandInset label
12605 name "sub:Hyphenation"
12612 \begin_layout Standard
12613 Words aren't hyphenated within LyX but automatically in the output.
12614 Hyphenation is done by the LaTeX-package
12620 \begin_layout Standard
12621 LaTeX-packages ! babel
12628 following the rules of the document language
12632 \begin_layout Standard
12633 For German readers: That's one of the main differences between the languages
12640 German\InsetSpace ~
12646 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12657 \begin_layout Standard
12658 LaTeX hyphenates nearly perfectly, it has only problems with text in the
12663 and with unusual constructs, like
12664 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12668 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12672 If LaTeX can't break a word correctly, you can set hyphenation points manually.
12673 This is done with the menu
12675 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12676 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12677 Hyphenation\InsetSpace ~
12681 These extra hyphenation points are only recommendations to LaTeX.
12682 If no hyphenation is necessary, LaTeX will ignore them.
12685 \begin_layout Standard
12686 Sometimes you want to prevent words or constructs to be hyphenated.
12687 The keybindings/shortcuts in this document consists of three letters with
12688 a hyphen and a space in the form
12689 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12693 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12697 LaTeX finds there the hyphen
12698 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12702 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12705 as hyphenation possibility.
12706 Hyphenating at this point would look ugly.
12707 To prevent the shortcut from being hyphenated, we can put it in the argument
12708 of the LaTeX-box-command
12714 , because text within LaTeX-boxes can't be hyphenated.
12715 As LyX doesn't support
12721 , we have to use ERT.
12722 The result looks in LyX like:
12725 \begin_layout Standard
12726 \begin_inset Graphics
12727 filename clipart/mbox.png
12736 \begin_layout Standard
12737 To learn more about ERT, have a look at section\InsetSpace ~
12739 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12741 reference "sec:ERT"
12748 \begin_layout Subsection
12753 \begin_layout Standard
12762 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12763 Abbreviations and End of Sentence
12764 \begin_inset CommandInset label
12766 name "sub:Abbreviations"
12773 \begin_layout Standard
12774 When LyX calls LaTeX to generate the final version of your document, LaTeX
12775 automatically distinguishes between words, sentences, and abbreviations.
12776 LaTeX then adds the
12777 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12780 appropriate amount of space
12781 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12785 That means sentences get a little bit more space between the period and
12787 Abbreviations get the same amount of space after the period as a word uses.
12790 \begin_layout Standard
12791 Unfortunately, the algorithm for figuring out what's an abbreviation works
12794 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12802 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12805 is at the end of a lowercase letter, it's the end of a sentence; if it's
12806 at the end of a capitalized letter, it's an abbreviation.
12809 \begin_layout Standard
12810 Here are some examples of
12814 abbreviations and the end of a sentence:
12817 \begin_layout Itemize
12822 \begin_layout Itemize
12827 \begin_layout Standard
12828 And here's an example of the algorithm going wrong:
12831 \begin_layout Itemize
12834 this is too much space!
12837 \begin_layout Itemize
12842 \begin_layout Standard
12843 You won't see anything wrong until you view a final version of your document.
12846 \begin_layout Standard
12847 To fix this problem, use one of the following:
12850 \begin_layout Enumerate
12853 Inter-word\InsetSpace ~
12856 after lowercase abbreviations (see section\InsetSpace ~
12858 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12860 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
12868 \begin_layout Standard
12869 Spaces ! inter-word
12877 \begin_layout Enumerate
12883 between two tokens of an abbreviation (see section\InsetSpace ~
12885 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12887 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
12895 \begin_layout Standard
12904 \begin_layout Enumerate
12909 sentence\InsetSpace ~
12914 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12915 Special\InsetSpace ~
12918 menu to force the use of inter-sentence spacing.
12919 This function is also bound to
12926 \begin_layout Standard
12927 With the corrections, our earlier examples look like this:
12930 \begin_layout Itemize
12931 e.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
12932 g.\InsetSpace \space{}
12933 this is too much space!
12936 \begin_layout Itemize
12937 This is I\SpecialChar \@.
12941 \begin_layout Standard
12942 Some languages don't use extra spacing between sentences.
12943 If your language is such a language, you don't need to worry, because the
12944 LaTeX will care about this.
12947 \begin_layout Standard
12948 For those that do need to bother, there is help to catch those sneaky errors:
12951 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12955 feature described in section
12966 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12971 \begin_layout Standard
12972 Typography ! Quotes
12981 \begin_layout Standard
12986 \begin_layout Standard
12997 \begin_layout Standard
13010 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13019 \begin_layout Standard
13020 LyX usually sets quotes correctly.
13021 Specifically, it will use an opening quote at the beginning of quoted text,
13022 and use a closing quote at the end.
13024 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13028 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13032 The keyboard character,
13036 , generates this automatically.
13039 \begin_layout Standard
13040 You can change the behavior of the
13044 key using the submenu
13050 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13057 \begin_layout Standard
13058 Document ! Settings
13066 \begin_layout Standard
13067 You can also select quotes for different languages in the box
13072 There are six choices:
13075 \begin_layout Labeling
13076 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13079 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13083 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13088 Use quotes like this
13089 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13093 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13097 \begin_inset Quotes els
13101 \begin_inset Quotes ers
13107 \begin_layout Labeling
13108 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13111 \begin_inset Quotes sld
13115 \begin_inset Quotes srd
13121 \begin_inset Quotes sld
13125 \begin_inset Quotes srd
13129 \begin_inset Quotes ers
13135 \begin_layout Labeling
13136 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13139 \begin_inset Quotes gld
13143 \begin_inset Quotes grd
13149 \begin_inset Quotes gld
13153 \begin_inset Quotes grd
13157 \begin_inset Quotes gls
13161 \begin_inset Quotes grs
13167 \begin_layout Labeling
13168 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13171 \begin_inset Quotes pld
13175 \begin_inset Quotes prd
13181 \begin_inset Quotes pld
13185 \begin_inset Quotes prd
13189 \begin_inset Quotes pls
13193 \begin_inset Quotes prs
13199 \begin_layout Labeling
13200 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13203 \begin_inset Quotes fld
13207 \begin_inset Quotes frd
13213 \begin_inset Quotes fld
13217 \begin_inset Quotes frd
13221 \begin_inset Quotes fls
13225 \begin_inset Quotes frs
13231 \begin_layout Labeling
13232 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13235 \begin_inset Quotes ald
13239 \begin_inset Quotes ard
13245 \begin_inset Quotes ald
13249 \begin_inset Quotes ard
13253 \begin_inset Quotes als
13257 \begin_inset Quotes ars
13263 \begin_layout Standard
13264 These settings affects what character the
13271 \begin_layout Subsection
13276 \begin_layout Standard
13277 Typography ! Ligatures
13286 \begin_layout Standard
13291 \begin_layout Standard
13302 \begin_layout Standard
13315 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13317 name "sub:Ligatures"
13324 \begin_layout Standard
13325 It is standard typesetting practice to group certain letters together and
13326 print them as single characters.
13327 These groups are known as
13332 Since LaTeX knows about ligatures, your documents will contain them too
13334 Here are the standard ligatures:
13337 \begin_layout Itemize
13341 \begin_layout Itemize
13345 \begin_layout Itemize
13349 \begin_layout Itemize
13353 \begin_layout Itemize
13357 \begin_layout Standard
13358 Some languages uses other ligatures if the document font supports them.
13361 \begin_layout Standard
13362 Sometimes, you don't want a ligature in a word.
13363 While a ligature may be okay in the word,
13364 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13368 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13371 it looks really weird in compound words, such as
13372 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13376 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13380 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13384 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13387 To break a ligature, use
13389 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13390 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13391 Ligature\InsetSpace ~
13396 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13400 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13404 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13407 cuff\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
13409 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13413 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13417 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13421 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13424 Dorf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
13426 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13432 \begin_layout Subsection
13437 \begin_layout Standard
13444 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13446 name "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
13453 \begin_layout Standard
13454 You have surely noticed, that the word
13455 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13459 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13462 appears always with characters in different size and height.
13463 LaTeX is the name of the program used by LyX and is therefore recognized
13464 as proper name when you type it in LyX as
13465 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13472 \begin_layout Standard
13480 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13484 \begin_inset Note Note
13487 \begin_layout Standard
13488 The braces in ERT are here to avoid that the
13489 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13493 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13496 appear as proper name in the output, see the last paragraph of this section.
13497 To create proper names omit the ERT.
13502 Note the order of the upper-and lowercase letters! LyX recognizes the following
13506 \begin_layout Description
13507 LyX The name of the game, write
13508 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13515 \begin_layout Standard
13523 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13529 \begin_layout Description
13530 TeX The program used by LaTeX, write
13531 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13538 \begin_layout Standard
13546 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13552 \begin_layout Description
13553 LaTeX The program used by LyX, write
13554 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13561 \begin_layout Standard
13569 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13575 \begin_layout Description
13576 LaTeX2e The actual version of LaTeX, write
13577 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13584 \begin_layout Standard
13592 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13598 \begin_layout Standard
13599 You might wonder why the LaTeX-version is
13600 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13604 \begin_inset Formula $\epsilon$
13608 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13612 It's an old tradition in the TeX-world to give programs geek version numbers.
13613 For example the version number of TeX converges to the number
13614 \begin_inset Formula $\pi$
13617 : The actual version is
13618 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13622 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13625 , the previous one was
13626 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13630 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13636 \begin_layout Standard
13637 If you don't want to use proper names, e.g.
13638 in section headings, you can insert two empty braces in ERT in the word.
13639 This will look in LyX like:
13640 \begin_inset Graphics
13641 filename clipart/LaTeX.png
13649 For more about ERT, look at section\InsetSpace ~
13651 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13653 reference "sec:ERT"
13660 \begin_layout Subsection
13665 \begin_layout Standard
13674 \begin_layout Standard
13675 Generally the space between units and the number is smaller than the normal
13676 space between two words.
13677 As you can see in the example below, it looks better when the space is
13680 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13684 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13687 for units use the menu
13689 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13690 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13701 \begin_layout Standard
13702 Here's an example to show the differences:
13705 \begin_layout Standard
13706 \begin_inset Tabular
13707 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
13709 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
13710 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
13712 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13715 \begin_layout Standard
13718 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
13726 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13729 \begin_layout Standard
13730 space between number and unit
13737 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13740 \begin_layout Standard
13741 24\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
13743 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
13751 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13754 \begin_layout Standard
13755 half space between number and unit
13768 \begin_layout Subsection
13773 \begin_layout Standard
13774 Typography ! Widows and orphans
13780 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13789 \begin_layout Standard
13790 In the early days of word processors, page breaks went wherever the page
13792 There was no regard for what was actually going on in the text.
13793 You may remember once printing out a document, only to find the heading
13794 for a new section printed at the very bottom of the page, the first line
13795 of a new paragraph all alone at the bottom of a page, or the last line
13796 of a paragraph at the top of a new page.
13797 These dangly-bits of text became known as
13808 \begin_layout Standard
13809 Clearly, LyX can avoid breaking pages after a section heading.
13810 That's part of the advantage of paragraph environments.
13811 But what about widows and orphans, where the page breaks leave one line
13812 of a paragraph all alone at the top or bottom of a page? There are rules
13813 built into LaTeX governing page breaks, and some of those rules are there
13814 to specifically prevent widows and orphans.
13815 This is the advantage LyX has in using LaTeX as its backend.
13818 \begin_layout Standard
13819 There's no way we can go into how TeX and LaTeX decide to break a page,
13820 or how you can tweak that behavior.
13821 Some LaTeX books listed in the bibliography [such as\InsetSpace ~
13823 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
13825 key "latexcompanion"
13831 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
13837 ] may have more information.
13838 You will almost never need to worry about this, however.
13841 \begin_layout Chapter
13842 Notes, Graphics, Tables, and Floats
13843 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13845 name "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
13852 \begin_layout Standard
13853 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
13858 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
13861 \begin_layout Section
13866 \begin_layout Standard
13873 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13882 \begin_layout Standard
13883 LyX offers you a few types of notes to add to your document:
13886 \begin_layout Description
13888 Note This note type is for internal notes that won't appear in the output.
13891 \begin_inset Note Note
13894 \begin_layout Standard
13895 This is text in a note box that doesn't appear in the output.
13903 \begin_layout Description
13904 Comment This note also doesn't appear in the output but it appears as LaTeX-comm
13905 ent, when you export the document to LaTeX via the menu
13907 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13908 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13909 LaTeX (pdflatex) / (plain)
13914 \begin_inset Note Comment
13917 \begin_layout Standard
13918 This is text in a note box that only appears as comment in LaTeX-files.
13926 \begin_layout Description
13927 Greyed\InsetSpace ~
13928 Out This note will appear in the output as grey text.
13933 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
13936 \begin_layout Standard
13941 \begin_layout Standard
13942 This is an example footnote within a greyed out note.
13943 In this document the greyed out note color is redefined to blue.
13944 How this can be done is explained in the
13953 of a comment that appears in the output as grey text.
13962 As you can see in the example, the first line of greyed out notes is a bit
13963 indented and greyed out notes can have footnotes.
13966 \begin_layout Description
13967 Framed This note will appear in the output as framed text.
13969 \begin_inset Box Framed
13978 height_special "totalheight"
13981 \begin_layout Standard
13982 This is text in a note box that appears framed in the output.
13987 In contrary to framed boxes like the one in section\InsetSpace ~
13989 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13991 reference "sub:ERT-Boxes"
13995 , the frame uses always the whole text width and the note is set into its
13999 \begin_layout Description
14000 Shaded This note will appear in the output with red background color.
14001 \begin_inset Box Shaded
14010 height_special "totalheight"
14013 \begin_layout Standard
14014 This text in a note box appears in the output with red background.
14019 In contrary to colored boxes, the note uses always the whole text width
14020 and the note is set into its own paragraph.
14023 \begin_layout Standard
14024 Notes are inserted with the toolbar button
14025 \begin_inset Graphics
14026 filename ../images/note-insert.png
14030 scaleBeforeRotation
14036 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14040 Right-click on the appearing note box to select the note type.
14043 \begin_layout Section
14048 \begin_layout Standard
14055 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14057 name "sec:Footnotes"
14064 \begin_layout Standard
14065 LyX uses boxes to display footnotes: When you insert a footnote using the
14068 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14071 or the toolbar button
14072 \begin_inset Graphics
14073 filename ../images/footnote-insert.png
14088 \begin_inset Graphics
14089 filename clipart/footnoteQt4.png
14101 This box is LyX's representation of your footnote.
14111 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14119 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14130 label, the box will
14134 be opened and you can enter the footnote text into it.
14135 Clicking on the box label again, will close
14148 If you want to turn existing text into a footnote, simply mark it and click
14164 \begin_layout Standard
14165 Here's an example footnote:
14173 \begin_layout Standard
14174 To close a footnote, click on the red box at the top left.
14182 \begin_layout Standard
14183 The footnote will appear in the output as a superscript number at the text
14184 position where the footnote box is placed.
14185 The footnote text is placed at the bottom of the current page.
14186 The footnote number is calculated by LyX, the numbers are consecutive,
14187 no matter in which chapter the footnote is in.
14188 LyX doesn't support other numbering schemes yet, but you can get another
14189 scheme using special LaTeX-commands.
14194 ey are described in the
14201 \begin_layout Section
14206 \begin_layout Standard
14213 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14215 name "sec:Marginal-Notes"
14222 \begin_layout Standard
14223 Marginal notes look and behave just like footnotes in LyX.
14224 When you insert a margin note via the menu
14226 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14227 Marginal\InsetSpace ~
14230 or the toolbar button
14231 \begin_inset Graphics
14232 filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.png
14254 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14258 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14261 appearing within your text.
14262 This box is LyX's representation of your margin
14271 \begin_layout Standard
14272 At the side is an example marginal note.
14276 \begin_inset Marginal
14279 \begin_layout Standard
14280 This is a marginal note.
14288 \begin_layout Standard
14289 Marginal notes appear at the right side in single-sided documents.
14290 In double-sided documents they appear in the outer margin -- left on even
14291 pages, right on odd pages.
14294 \begin_layout Section
14295 Graphics and Images
14299 \begin_layout Standard
14309 \begin_layout Standard
14316 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14318 name "sec:Graphics"
14325 \begin_layout Standard
14326 To insert an image in your document, place the cursor at the text position
14327 you want and click on the toolbar icon
14328 \begin_inset Graphics
14329 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
14337 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14341 Then a dialog will appear to choose the file to load.
14344 \begin_layout Standard
14345 This dialog has numerous mostly self-explanatory parameters.
14350 tab allows you to choose your image file.
14351 The appearance of the image inside LyX and in the output is adjusted separately.
14352 The image can be transformed by setting a rotation angle and a scaling
14354 The scaling units are explained in Appendix\InsetSpace ~
14356 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14358 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
14365 \begin_layout Standard
14370 it is possible to set image coordinates to adjust the height and width
14371 of the image in the output.
14372 The coordinates can also be calculated automatically by pressing the button
14384 bounding\InsetSpace ~
14387 will only print the image region within the given coordinates.
14388 Normally you don't need to take care about image coordinates and can ignore
14396 \begin_layout Standard
14397 LaTeX experts can specify additional LaTeX options in the
14402 You can also set the
14406 option here if the image is inside a figure float.
14407 This option is explained in section\InsetSpace ~
14409 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14411 reference "sec:Figure-Floats"
14421 effects that the image don't appear in the output, only a frame with the
14422 image size is printed.
14425 \begin_layout Standard
14426 The graphics dialog can be called at any time by right-clicking on an image.
14427 The image will appear in the output exactly at the position where it is
14429 This is an example image in the PDF format within a separate, horizontally
14430 centered paragraph:
14433 \begin_layout Standard
14435 \begin_inset Graphics
14436 filename clipart/mobius.eps
14441 rotateOrigin center
14448 \begin_layout Standard
14449 If you need image captions and want to reference images, you have to put
14450 the image into a float, see section\InsetSpace ~
14452 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14454 reference "sec:Figure-Floats"
14461 \begin_layout Subsection
14466 \begin_layout Standard
14473 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14475 name "sub:Image-Formats"
14482 \begin_layout Standard
14483 You can insert images in any known file format.
14484 But as we explained in section\InsetSpace ~
14486 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14488 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
14492 , every output document format allows only a few image formats.
14493 LyX uses therefore the program
14497 in the background to convert the images to the right format.
14498 To increase your workflow by avoiding these conversions in the background,
14499 you can use only the image formats listed in the subsections of section\InsetSpace ~
14501 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14503 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
14510 \begin_layout Standard
14511 Similar to fonts there are two types of image formats:
14514 \begin_layout Description
14515 Bitmap\InsetSpace ~
14516 images consist of pixel values, often in a compressed form.
14517 They are therefore not fully scalable and look pixeled in large zooms.
14518 Well-known bitmap image formats are
14519 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14522 Graphics Interchange Format
14523 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14526 (GIF, file extension
14527 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14535 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14542 \begin_layout Standard
14547 \begin_layout Standard
14558 \begin_layout Standard
14571 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14574 Portable Network Graphics
14575 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14578 (PNG, file extension
14579 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14587 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14594 \begin_layout Standard
14599 \begin_layout Standard
14610 \begin_layout Standard
14623 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14626 Joint Photographic Experts Group
14627 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14630 (JPG, file extension
14631 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14639 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14643 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14651 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14658 \begin_layout Standard
14663 \begin_layout Standard
14674 \begin_layout Standard
14689 \begin_layout Description
14690 Scalable\InsetSpace ~
14691 images consist of vectors and can therefore be scaled to any size
14693 The scaling ability is necessary if you want to create presentations, because
14694 presentations are always scaled by the beamer.
14695 Scaling is also useful for online documents to let the user zoom into diagrams.
14698 calable image formats can be
14699 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14702 Scalable Vector Graphics
14703 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14706 (SVG, file extension
14707 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14715 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14722 \begin_layout Standard
14727 \begin_layout Standard
14738 \begin_layout Standard
14751 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14754 Encapsulated PostScript
14755 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14758 (EPS, file extension
14759 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14767 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14774 \begin_layout Standard
14779 \begin_layout Standard
14790 \begin_layout Standard
14803 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14806 Portable Document Format
14807 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14810 (PDF, file extension
14811 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14819 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14826 \begin_layout Standard
14833 We say it can be, because you can convert any bitmap image format to PDF
14834 or EPS and the result won't be scalable.
14835 In this cases only a header with the image properties is added to the original
14840 \begin_layout Standard
14841 In the case of PDF, the original image is additionally compressed.
14849 \begin_layout Standard
14850 Normally one can't convert a bitmap image into a scalable one, only vice
14854 \begin_layout Section
14859 \begin_layout Standard
14866 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14875 \begin_layout Standard
14876 You can insert a table using either the toolbar button
14877 \begin_inset Graphics
14878 filename ../images/tabular-insert.png
14887 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14891 A dialog will appear, asking you for the number of rows and columns.
14892 The default table has lines around any cell and the first row appears separated
14893 from the rest of the table.
14894 This separation appears due to a double line: The cells of the first row
14895 have a line below them and the cells of the second row have a line above
14897 Here's an example table:
14900 \begin_layout Standard
14902 \begin_inset Tabular
14903 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="4">
14905 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
14906 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
14907 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0in">
14908 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
14909 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
14910 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14913 \begin_layout Standard
14919 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14922 \begin_layout Standard
14937 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14940 \begin_layout Standard
14946 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14949 \begin_layout Standard
14956 <row topline="true">
14957 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14960 \begin_layout Standard
14975 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14978 \begin_layout Standard
14984 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14987 \begin_layout Standard
14993 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14996 \begin_layout Standard
15003 <row topline="true">
15004 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15007 \begin_layout Standard
15022 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15025 \begin_layout Standard
15031 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15034 \begin_layout Standard
15044 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15047 \begin_layout Standard
15054 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
15055 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15058 \begin_layout Standard
15073 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15076 \begin_layout Standard
15082 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15085 \begin_layout Standard
15091 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15094 \begin_layout Standard
15108 \begin_layout Subsection
15112 \begin_layout Standard
15113 You can alter a table by clicking on it with the right mouse button, which
15114 brings up the table dialog.
15115 Here you can adjust the settings of the cell and row/column respectively
15116 where the cursor is placed currently.
15117 Most of the dialog options also work on selections.
15118 This means that if you select more cells, columns or rows the action is
15119 done on all of your selection.
15122 \begin_layout Standard
15123 Additionally to the table dialog the
15128 , that appears when the cursor is inside a table, helps you in setting table
15130 It is for example currently only possible to add\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
15131 /\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
15132 delete lines via the table
15136 \begin_layout Standard
15142 of the table dialog you can set the alignment for the current row.
15143 If you add a row or column, it will be inserted right beside or below the
15144 current cell respectively.
15145 The vertical alignment of a column can only be adjusted when a column width
15147 A given width will allow the cell to have linebreaks and multiple paragraphs
15148 of text, see section\InsetSpace ~
15150 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15152 reference "sub:Table-Cells"
15159 \begin_layout Standard
15160 You can mark multiple cells of one row as a multicolumn cell using the check
15166 This will merge the cells to
15170 cell, spread over more than one column.
15171 Multicolumn cells are treated as own rows, so that the alignment, width,
15172 and border settings affect only the multicolumn cell.
15173 Here's an example table with a multicolumn cell in the first row and one
15174 in the last row without the upper border:
15177 \begin_layout Standard
15179 \begin_inset Tabular
15180 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="4">
15181 <features firstHeadTopDL="true" firstHeadBottomDL="true">
15182 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
15183 <column alignment="center" valignment="middle" leftline="true" width="0">
15184 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0in">
15185 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
15186 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
15187 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15190 \begin_layout Standard
15196 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="middle" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15199 \begin_layout Standard
15205 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15208 \begin_layout Standard
15214 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15217 \begin_layout Standard
15224 <row topline="true">
15225 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15228 \begin_layout Standard
15243 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15246 \begin_layout Standard
15252 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15255 \begin_layout Standard
15261 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15264 \begin_layout Standard
15271 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
15272 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15275 \begin_layout Standard
15281 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15284 \begin_layout Standard
15290 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15293 \begin_layout Standard
15299 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15302 \begin_layout Standard
15316 \begin_layout Standard
15317 At the moment LyX doesn't support multirow cells.
15318 Adept users can declare special LaTeX-arguments for the table.
15319 They are necessary for special table formatting, like for multirow cells,
15320 explained in the tables section of the
15322 Extended\InsetSpace ~
15326 You can also rotate the current cell or the whole table 90
15327 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
15330 degrees counterclockwise.
15331 These rotations are not visible in LyX but in the output.
15334 \begin_layout Standard
15335 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
15338 \begin_layout Standard
15343 Most DVI-viewers are
15347 able to display rotations.
15355 \begin_layout Standard
15360 tab allows you to add and delete border lines for the current row/column.
15365 adds lines for all cell borders.
15368 \begin_layout Subsection
15373 \begin_layout Standard
15374 Tables ! Longtables
15383 \begin_layout Standard
15392 \begin_layout Standard
15393 If the table is too long to fit on one page, you can use the option
15403 of the table dialog to split the table automatically over more pages.
15404 Doing this enables some check boxes and you can now define:
15407 \begin_layout Description
15412 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
15413 defined, are defined to be the header rows of all pages of the longtable;
15414 except for the first page, if
15422 \begin_layout Description
15428 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
15429 defined, are defined to be the header rows of the first page of the longtable.
15432 \begin_layout Description
15437 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
15438 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of all pages of the longtable;
15439 except for the last page, if
15447 \begin_layout Description
15453 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
15454 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of the last page of the longtable.
15457 \begin_layout Standard
15458 You can also specify a row where the table is splitted.
15459 If you set more than one option in the same table row, you should be aware
15460 of the fact that only the first one is used in the given table row.
15461 The others will then be defined as
15466 In this context, first means first in this order:
15468 Footer, Last\InsetSpace ~
15481 See the following longtable to see how it works:
15484 \begin_layout Standard
15486 \begin_inset Tabular
15487 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="69" columns="3">
15488 <features islongtable="true">
15489 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="5cm">
15490 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt">
15491 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
15492 <row topline="true" bottomline="true" endfirsthead="true">
15493 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15496 \begin_layout Standard
15499 Example Phone List (ignore the names)
15504 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
15507 \begin_layout Standard
15513 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15516 \begin_layout Standard
15523 <row topline="true" bottomline="true" endfirsthead="true">
15524 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15527 \begin_layout Standard
15535 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
15538 \begin_layout Standard
15544 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15547 \begin_layout Standard
15556 <row topline="true" bottomline="true" endhead="true">
15557 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15560 \begin_layout Standard
15568 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
15571 \begin_layout Standard
15577 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15580 \begin_layout Standard
15587 <row topline="true" bottomline="true" endhead="true">
15588 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15591 \begin_layout Standard
15599 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
15602 \begin_layout Standard
15608 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15611 \begin_layout Standard
15620 <row topline="true" bottomline="true" endfoot="true">
15621 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15624 \begin_layout Standard
15632 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
15635 \begin_layout Standard
15641 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15644 \begin_layout Standard
15651 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
15652 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15655 \begin_layout Standard
15663 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15666 \begin_layout Standard
15672 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15675 \begin_layout Standard
15682 <row bottomline="true">
15683 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15686 \begin_layout Standard
15694 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15697 \begin_layout Standard
15703 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15706 \begin_layout Standard
15713 <row bottomline="true">
15714 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15717 \begin_layout Standard
15725 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15728 \begin_layout Standard
15734 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15737 \begin_layout Standard
15744 <row bottomline="true">
15745 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15748 \begin_layout Standard
15756 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15759 \begin_layout Standard
15765 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15768 \begin_layout Standard
15775 <row bottomline="true">
15776 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15779 \begin_layout Standard
15787 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15790 \begin_layout Standard
15796 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15799 \begin_layout Standard
15806 <row bottomline="true">
15807 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15810 \begin_layout Standard
15818 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15821 \begin_layout Standard
15827 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15830 \begin_layout Standard
15837 <row bottomline="true">
15838 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15841 \begin_layout Standard
15849 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15852 \begin_layout Standard
15858 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15861 \begin_layout Standard
15868 <row bottomline="true">
15869 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15872 \begin_layout Standard
15880 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15883 \begin_layout Standard
15889 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15892 \begin_layout Standard
15899 <row bottomline="true">
15900 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15903 \begin_layout Standard
15911 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15914 \begin_layout Standard
15920 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15923 \begin_layout Standard
15930 <row bottomline="true">
15931 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15934 \begin_layout Standard
15942 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15945 \begin_layout Standard
15951 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15954 \begin_layout Standard
15961 <row bottomline="true">
15962 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15965 \begin_layout Standard
15973 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15976 \begin_layout Standard
15982 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15985 \begin_layout Standard
15992 <row bottomline="true">
15993 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15996 \begin_layout Standard
16004 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16007 \begin_layout Standard
16013 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16016 \begin_layout Standard
16023 <row bottomline="true">
16024 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16027 \begin_layout Standard
16035 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16038 \begin_layout Standard
16044 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16047 \begin_layout Standard
16054 <row bottomline="true">
16055 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16058 \begin_layout Standard
16066 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16069 \begin_layout Standard
16075 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16078 \begin_layout Standard
16085 <row bottomline="true">
16086 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16089 \begin_layout Standard
16097 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16100 \begin_layout Standard
16106 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16109 \begin_layout Standard
16116 <row bottomline="true">
16117 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16120 \begin_layout Standard
16128 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16131 \begin_layout Standard
16137 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16140 \begin_layout Standard
16147 <row bottomline="true">
16148 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16151 \begin_layout Standard
16159 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16162 \begin_layout Standard
16168 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16171 \begin_layout Standard
16178 <row bottomline="true">
16179 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16182 \begin_layout Standard
16190 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16193 \begin_layout Standard
16199 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16202 \begin_layout Standard
16209 <row bottomline="true">
16210 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16213 \begin_layout Standard
16221 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16224 \begin_layout Standard
16230 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16233 \begin_layout Standard
16240 <row bottomline="true">
16241 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16244 \begin_layout Standard
16252 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16255 \begin_layout Standard
16261 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16264 \begin_layout Standard
16271 <row bottomline="true">
16272 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16275 \begin_layout Standard
16283 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16286 \begin_layout Standard
16292 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16295 \begin_layout Standard
16302 <row bottomline="true">
16303 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16306 \begin_layout Standard
16314 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16317 \begin_layout Standard
16323 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16326 \begin_layout Standard
16333 <row bottomline="true">
16334 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16337 \begin_layout Standard
16345 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16348 \begin_layout Standard
16354 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16357 \begin_layout Standard
16364 <row bottomline="true">
16365 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16368 \begin_layout Standard
16376 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16379 \begin_layout Standard
16385 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16388 \begin_layout Standard
16395 <row bottomline="true">
16396 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16399 \begin_layout Standard
16407 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16410 \begin_layout Standard
16416 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16419 \begin_layout Standard
16426 <row bottomline="true">
16427 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16430 \begin_layout Standard
16438 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16441 \begin_layout Standard
16447 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16450 \begin_layout Standard
16457 <row bottomline="true">
16458 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16461 \begin_layout Standard
16469 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16472 \begin_layout Standard
16478 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16481 \begin_layout Standard
16488 <row bottomline="true">
16489 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16492 \begin_layout Standard
16500 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16503 \begin_layout Standard
16509 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16512 \begin_layout Standard
16519 <row bottomline="true">
16520 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16523 \begin_layout Standard
16531 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16534 \begin_layout Standard
16540 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16543 \begin_layout Standard
16550 <row bottomline="true">
16551 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16554 \begin_layout Standard
16562 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16565 \begin_layout Standard
16571 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16574 \begin_layout Standard
16581 <row bottomline="true">
16582 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16585 \begin_layout Standard
16593 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16596 \begin_layout Standard
16602 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16605 \begin_layout Standard
16612 <row bottomline="true">
16613 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16616 \begin_layout Standard
16622 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16625 \begin_layout Standard
16631 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16634 \begin_layout Standard
16641 <row bottomline="true">
16642 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16645 \begin_layout Standard
16653 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16656 \begin_layout Standard
16662 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16665 \begin_layout Standard
16672 <row bottomline="true">
16673 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16676 \begin_layout Standard
16684 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16687 \begin_layout Standard
16693 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16696 \begin_layout Standard
16703 <row bottomline="true">
16704 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16707 \begin_layout Standard
16715 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16718 \begin_layout Standard
16724 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16727 \begin_layout Standard
16734 <row bottomline="true">
16735 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16738 \begin_layout Standard
16746 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16749 \begin_layout Standard
16755 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16758 \begin_layout Standard
16765 <row bottomline="true">
16766 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16769 \begin_layout Standard
16777 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16780 \begin_layout Standard
16786 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16789 \begin_layout Standard
16796 <row bottomline="true">
16797 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16800 \begin_layout Standard
16808 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16811 \begin_layout Standard
16817 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16820 \begin_layout Standard
16827 <row bottomline="true">
16828 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16831 \begin_layout Standard
16839 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16842 \begin_layout Standard
16848 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16851 \begin_layout Standard
16858 <row bottomline="true">
16859 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16862 \begin_layout Standard
16870 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16873 \begin_layout Standard
16879 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16882 \begin_layout Standard
16889 <row bottomline="true">
16890 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16893 \begin_layout Standard
16901 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16904 \begin_layout Standard
16910 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16913 \begin_layout Standard
16920 <row bottomline="true">
16921 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16924 \begin_layout Standard
16932 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16935 \begin_layout Standard
16941 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16944 \begin_layout Standard
16951 <row bottomline="true">
16952 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16955 \begin_layout Standard
16963 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16966 \begin_layout Standard
16972 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16975 \begin_layout Standard
16982 <row bottomline="true">
16983 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16986 \begin_layout Standard
16994 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16997 \begin_layout Standard
17003 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17006 \begin_layout Standard
17013 <row bottomline="true">
17014 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17017 \begin_layout Standard
17025 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
17028 \begin_layout Standard
17034 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17037 \begin_layout Standard
17044 <row bottomline="true">
17045 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17048 \begin_layout Standard
17056 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
17059 \begin_layout Standard
17065 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17068 \begin_layout Standard
17075 <row bottomline="true">
17076 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17079 \begin_layout Standard
17087 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
17090 \begin_layout Standard
17096 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17099 \begin_layout Standard
17106 <row bottomline="true">
17107 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17110 \begin_layout Standard
17118 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
17121 \begin_layout Standard
17127 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17130 \begin_layout Standard
17137 <row bottomline="true">
17138 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17141 \begin_layout Standard
17149 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
17152 \begin_layout Standard
17158 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17161 \begin_layout Standard
17168 <row bottomline="true">
17169 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17172 \begin_layout Standard
17180 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
17183 \begin_layout Standard
17189 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17192 \begin_layout Standard
17199 <row bottomline="true">
17200 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17203 \begin_layout Standard
17211 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
17214 \begin_layout Standard
17220 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17223 \begin_layout Standard
17230 <row bottomline="true">
17231 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17234 \begin_layout Standard
17242 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
17245 \begin_layout Standard
17251 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17254 \begin_layout Standard
17261 <row bottomline="true">
17262 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17265 \begin_layout Standard
17273 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
17276 \begin_layout Standard
17282 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17285 \begin_layout Standard
17292 <row bottomline="true">
17293 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17296 \begin_layout Standard
17304 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
17307 \begin_layout Standard
17313 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17316 \begin_layout Standard
17323 <row bottomline="true">
17324 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17327 \begin_layout Standard
17335 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
17338 \begin_layout Standard
17344 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17347 \begin_layout Standard
17354 <row bottomline="true">
17355 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17358 \begin_layout Standard
17366 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
17369 \begin_layout Standard
17375 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17378 \begin_layout Standard
17385 <row bottomline="true">
17386 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17389 \begin_layout Standard
17397 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
17400 \begin_layout Standard
17406 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17409 \begin_layout Standard
17416 <row bottomline="true">
17417 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17420 \begin_layout Standard
17428 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
17431 \begin_layout Standard
17437 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17440 \begin_layout Standard
17447 <row bottomline="true">
17448 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17451 \begin_layout Standard
17459 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
17462 \begin_layout Standard
17468 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17471 \begin_layout Standard
17478 <row bottomline="true">
17479 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17482 \begin_layout Standard
17490 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
17493 \begin_layout Standard
17499 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17502 \begin_layout Standard
17509 <row bottomline="true">
17510 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17513 \begin_layout Standard
17521 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
17524 \begin_layout Standard
17530 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17533 \begin_layout Standard
17540 <row bottomline="true">
17541 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17544 \begin_layout Standard
17552 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
17555 \begin_layout Standard
17561 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17564 \begin_layout Standard
17571 <row bottomline="true">
17572 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17575 \begin_layout Standard
17583 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
17586 \begin_layout Standard
17592 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17595 \begin_layout Standard
17602 <row bottomline="true" endlastfoot="true">
17603 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="block" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17606 \begin_layout Standard
17614 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
17617 \begin_layout Standard
17623 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17626 \begin_layout Standard
17640 \begin_layout Subsection
17645 \begin_layout Standard
17652 \begin_inset CommandInset label
17654 name "sub:Table-Cells"
17661 \begin_layout Standard
17662 A table cell can contain text, inline equations, a figure, or another table.
17663 All these kinds of objects can be placed in the same cell.
17664 Font sizes and shapes can also be altered.
17665 But you can't put a special environment in a cell (like
17669 , etc.), nor set spacing options etc.
17670 for the cell's paragraph.
17673 \begin_layout Standard
17674 To have multi-line entries in table cells, you have to declare a fixed width
17675 for the column in the table dialog.
17676 Your text is then automatically split into multiple lines and the cell
17677 is enlarged vertically when the length of the text exceeds the given width.
17681 \begin_layout Standard
17683 \begin_inset Tabular
17684 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
17686 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
17687 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="3cm">
17688 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
17689 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
17690 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17693 \begin_layout Standard
17708 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17711 \begin_layout Standard
17726 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17729 \begin_layout Standard
17746 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17749 \begin_layout Standard
17764 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17767 \begin_layout Standard
17777 This is a multiline entry in a table.
17782 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17785 \begin_layout Standard
17801 <row bottomline="true">
17802 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17805 \begin_layout Standard
17820 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17823 \begin_layout Standard
17833 This is longer now.
17838 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17841 \begin_layout Standard
17857 <row bottomline="true">
17858 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17861 \begin_layout Standard
17876 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17879 \begin_layout Standard
17889 This is a multiline entry in a table.
17890 This is longer now.
17895 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17898 \begin_layout Standard
17921 \begin_layout Standard
17922 Cutting and pasting between tables and table cells works reasonably well.
17923 You can cut and paste even more than one row.
17924 Selection with the mouse or with
17928 plus the arrow keys works as usual.
17929 You can also copy and paste the entire table as a single unit by starting
17930 the selection from outside the table.
17933 \begin_layout Section
17938 \begin_layout Standard
17945 \begin_inset CommandInset label
17954 \begin_layout Standard
17955 A float is a block of text associated with some sort of label, which doesn't
17956 have a fixed location.
17958 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17962 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17965 forward or backward a page or two, to wherever it fits best.
17972 Margin\InsetSpace ~
17975 are also floats, because they can float to the next page when there are
17976 too much notes at the page.
17979 \begin_layout Standard
17980 Floats makes it possible to get a high quality layout.
17981 Images and tables can evenly be spread to the pages to avoid whitespace
17982 and pages without text.
17983 As the floating often destroys the context between the text and the image/table
17984 , every float can be referenced in the text.
17985 Floats are therefore numbered.
17986 Referencing is described in section\InsetSpace ~
17988 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
17990 reference "sec:Cross-References"
17997 \begin_layout Standard
17998 To insert a float, use the menu
18000 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18004 A box with a caption that has e.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
18007 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18010 Figure\InsetSpace ~
18012 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18015 (# is the actual number) will be inserted into your document.
18016 The label will automatically be translated to the document language in
18018 Behind the label you can insert the caption text.
18022 \begin_layout Standard
18028 The image or table is inserted above or below the caption in a separate
18029 paragraph within the float.
18030 To keep your LyX-document readable, you can open and close the float box
18031 by left-clicking on the box label.
18032 A closed float box looks like this:
18033 \begin_inset Graphics
18034 filename clipart/floatQt4.png
18041 -- a gray button with a red label.
18044 \begin_layout Standard
18045 It is recommended to insert floats as a separate paragraph to avoid possible
18046 LaTeX-errors that can occur when the surrounding text is specially formatted.
18049 \begin_layout Subsection
18053 \begin_layout Subsubsection
18058 \begin_layout Standard
18059 Floats ! Figure floats
18065 \begin_inset CommandInset label
18067 name "sec:Figure-Floats"
18074 \begin_layout Standard
18077 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18078 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18081 inserts a float with the label
18082 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18087 Figure\InsetSpace ~
18091 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18095 Set the cursor above this label (or before it and press enter) and insert
18096 the image as described above to get the caption printed below the image.
18097 This is what we did for Figure\InsetSpace ~
18099 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
18101 reference "cap:Platypus"
18106 If you want the caption to be above the image, set the cursor at the end
18107 of the caption, press enter and insert the image.
18108 This was done in Figure\InsetSpace ~
18110 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
18112 reference "cap:Escher"
18119 \begin_layout Standard
18120 \begin_inset Float figure
18125 \begin_layout Standard
18127 \begin_inset Graphics
18128 filename clipart/platypus.eps
18133 rotateOrigin center
18140 \begin_layout Standard
18141 \begin_inset Caption
18143 \begin_layout Standard
18144 \begin_inset CommandInset label
18146 name "cap:Platypus"
18150 A severely distorted platypus in a float.
18163 \begin_layout Standard
18164 \begin_inset Float figure
18169 \begin_layout Standard
18170 \begin_inset Caption
18172 \begin_layout Standard
18173 \begin_inset CommandInset label
18188 \begin_layout Standard
18190 \begin_inset Graphics
18191 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
18196 rotateOrigin center
18208 \begin_layout Standard
18209 This figure float show also how to set a label and create a cross-reference
18211 As described in section\InsetSpace ~
18213 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
18215 reference "sec:Cross-References"
18219 , you can simply insert a label in the caption using the menu
18221 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18224 and refer to it using the menu
18226 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18230 It is important to use references to figure floats, rather than using vague
18232 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18236 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18239 , because as LaTeX will reposition the floats in the final document; it
18241 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18245 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18251 \begin_layout Standard
18252 Normally one inserts only one image to a figure float, but sometimes you
18253 might want to use two images with separate subcaptions.
18254 This can be done in the graphics dialog: Right-click on an image and go
18260 in the appearing dialog, use the option
18264 , and enter the subcaption for the image in the now enabled caption field.
18265 Figure\InsetSpace ~
18267 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
18269 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
18273 is an example of a figure float with two images set side by side.
18274 You can also set the images one below the other.
18277 \begin_layout Standard
18278 \begin_inset Float figure
18283 \begin_layout Standard
18287 \begin_inset Graphics
18288 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
18293 subcaptionText "Undefinable structure"
18300 \begin_inset Graphics
18301 filename clipart/platypus.eps
18307 subcaptionText "Platypus"
18316 \begin_layout Standard
18317 \begin_inset Caption
18319 \begin_layout Standard
18320 \begin_inset CommandInset label
18322 name "cap:Two-distorted-images"
18326 Two distorted images.
18339 \begin_layout Standard
18340 Note that the caption is added to the
18346 as described in section\InsetSpace ~
18348 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
18350 reference "sec:ListsOf"
18357 \begin_layout Subsubsection
18362 \begin_layout Standard
18363 Floats ! Table floats
18369 \begin_inset CommandInset label
18371 name "sec:Table-Floats"
18378 \begin_layout Standard
18379 Table floats can be inserted using the menu
18381 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18382 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18386 They have the same properties as figure floats except of the different
18390 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
18392 reference "cap:Table-float"
18396 is an example of a table float.
18399 \begin_layout Standard
18400 \begin_inset Float table
18405 \begin_layout Standard
18406 \begin_inset Caption
18408 \begin_layout Standard
18409 \begin_inset CommandInset label
18411 name "cap:Table-float"
18423 \begin_layout Standard
18425 \begin_inset Tabular
18426 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
18428 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
18429 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
18430 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
18431 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
18432 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18435 \begin_layout Standard
18450 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18453 \begin_layout Standard
18468 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18471 \begin_layout Standard
18487 <row topline="true">
18488 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18491 \begin_layout Standard
18506 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18509 \begin_layout Standard
18524 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18527 \begin_layout Standard
18543 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
18544 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18547 \begin_layout Standard
18557 \begin_inset Formula $\int x^{2}dx$
18565 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18568 \begin_layout Standard
18578 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
18580 c & d\end{array}\right]$
18588 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18591 \begin_layout Standard
18601 \begin_inset Formula $1+1=2$
18622 \begin_layout Subsubsection
18627 \begin_layout Standard
18628 Floats ! Algorithm floats
18636 \begin_layout Standard
18637 This float type is inserted with the menu
18639 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18640 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18644 It is used for program codes and descriptions of algorithms.
18645 A possible environment for algorithms is the
18649 , described in section\InsetSpace ~
18651 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
18653 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
18660 \begin_layout Standard
18661 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
18664 \begin_layout Standard
18669 that the float label is not automatically translated into the document
18675 You have to do this manually by adding the following line
18678 \begin_layout Standard
18683 floatname{algorithm}{your\InsetSpace ~
18687 \begin_layout Standard
18688 to the document preamble (menu
18690 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18700 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18708 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18714 \begin_layout Subsubsection
18719 \begin_layout Standard
18720 Floats ! Text Wrap Floats
18726 \begin_inset CommandInset label
18728 name "sec:floatflt"
18735 \begin_layout Standard
18736 This float type is used if you want to
18737 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18741 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18744 text around a figure so that it only occupies some fraction of the column
18746 It can be inserted using the menu
18747 \begin_inset Wrap figure
18754 \begin_layout Standard
18755 \begin_inset Graphics
18756 filename clipart/mobius.eps
18761 rotateOrigin center
18768 \begin_layout Standard
18769 \begin_inset Caption
18771 \begin_layout Standard
18772 \begin_inset CommandInset label
18774 name "cap:Wrapped-figure"
18778 This is a wrapped figure, and this is the brilliant caption that describes
18780 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
18795 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18796 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18801 if the LaTeX-package
18809 \begin_layout Standard
18810 LaTeX-packages ! floatflt
18819 \begin_layout Standard
18820 Installing a LaTeX-package is explained it in the
18830 The width and placement of the float is adjusted by right-clicking on the
18832 Figure\InsetSpace ~
18834 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
18836 reference "cap:Wrapped-figure"
18840 is an example Text\InsetSpace ~
18841 wrap float with a width of 40
18842 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
18849 \begin_layout Standard
18850 Available units are explained in Appendix\InsetSpace ~
18852 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
18854 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
18863 Some space was added under the caption to separate it better from the surroundi
18867 \begin_layout Standard
18872 also supports table wrap floats, but they are not yet supported by LyX.
18873 If you need this, read the documentation of
18878 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
18887 \begin_layout Standard
18888 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
18891 \begin_layout Standard
18897 wrap float floats might be fragile! E.g.
18898 having a figure too close to the bottom of the page can mess things up
18899 in the way that the float doesn't appear in the output or that it is placed
18900 over some other text.
18904 \begin_layout Standard
18905 The better solution is to use the LaTeX-package
18913 \begin_layout Standard
18914 LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
18923 but it is currently not supported by LyX.
18936 \begin_layout Itemize
18937 Wrap floats should not be placed in paragraphs that run over a page break.
18938 That means that wrap floats should better be inserted to the exact place
18939 when the document is nearly ready and you are able to estimate where page
18940 breaks will appear.
18943 \begin_layout Itemize
18944 Wrap floats should either be placed in an own paragraph before the paragraph
18945 where they should wrap into or within a paragraph.
18948 \begin_layout Itemize
18949 Wrap floats in consecutive paragraphs may cause troubles, so assure that
18950 there is a text paragraph between them as separator.
18953 \begin_layout Itemize
18954 Wrap floats are not allowed in section headings or tables.
18957 \begin_layout Subsection
18959 \begin_inset CommandInset label
18961 name "sub:Rotated-Floats"
18969 \begin_layout Standard
18978 \begin_layout Standard
18979 Especially for wide tables you might have floats rotated.
18980 To rotate a whole float including the caption, right-click on the float-box
18983 Rotate\InsetSpace ~
18989 \begin_layout Standard
18990 Rotated floats are always placed on its own page (or column, when you have
18991 a two-column document).
18992 They are rotated so that you can read them from the outside margin.
18993 Forcing the rotation direction is explained in the
19000 \begin_layout Standard
19001 Referencing rotated floats is the same like for normal floats, the caption
19002 format is also the same: Table\InsetSpace ~
19004 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19006 reference "cap:Rotated-table"
19010 is an example of a rotated table float.
19013 \begin_layout Standard
19014 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
19017 \begin_layout Standard
19022 Not all DVI-viewers are able to display rotated floats.
19030 \begin_layout Standard
19031 \begin_inset Float table
19036 \begin_layout Standard
19037 \begin_inset Caption
19039 \begin_layout Standard
19040 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19042 name "cap:Rotated-table"
19054 \begin_layout Standard
19056 \begin_inset Tabular
19057 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="5">
19059 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0">
19060 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0">
19061 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0">
19062 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0">
19063 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0">
19064 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
19065 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19068 \begin_layout Standard
19074 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19077 \begin_layout Standard
19083 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19086 \begin_layout Standard
19092 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19095 \begin_layout Standard
19101 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19104 \begin_layout Standard
19123 \begin_layout Subsection
19125 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19127 name "sub:Float-Placement"
19135 \begin_layout Standard
19144 \begin_layout Standard
19145 Right-clicking on a float-box opens a dialog where you can alter the placement
19146 options that LaTeX uses for positioning the float.
19153 is only useful for two-column documents: If you select it, the float will
19154 span across both columns on the page instead of being confined to just
19159 Rotate\InsetSpace ~
19162 is used to rotate floats, see section\InsetSpace ~
19164 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19166 reference "sub:Rotated-Floats"
19173 \begin_layout Standard
19174 You can use one ore more of the following options in the float dialog to
19175 set the placement for a particular float when you uncheck the option
19178 default\InsetSpace ~
19184 \begin_layout Description
19187 possible: try to place the float on the position where it is inserted
19190 \begin_layout Description
19193 page: try to place the float on the top of the current page
19196 \begin_layout Description
19197 Bottom\InsetSpace ~
19199 page: try to place the float on the bottom of the current page
19202 \begin_layout Description
19205 floats: try to place the float on an own page
19208 \begin_layout Standard
19209 The order of the above option is
19214 That means, if you use the default placement, LaTeX will first try out
19227 , and then the others.
19228 If you don't use the default, LaTeX will try only the checked options but
19230 If none of the 4 placements are possible the procedure is internally repeated
19231 but it is tried to put the float on the following page.
19234 \begin_layout Standard
19235 By default, each options has its own rules:
19238 \begin_layout Standard
19245 only floats occupying less than 70\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
19246 % of the page can be placed at the top
19250 \begin_layout Standard
19253 Bottom\InsetSpace ~
19257 : only floats occupying less than 30\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
19258 % of the page can be placed at the bottom
19262 \begin_layout Standard
19269 : only if more than 50\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
19270 % of the page are occupied by floats, several floats
19271 can be set together on a page.
19274 \begin_layout Standard
19275 If you don't like these rules, you can ignore them by using the additional
19278 Ignore\InsetSpace ~
19285 \begin_layout Standard
19286 Sometimes you might need, under all circumstances, a float to be placed
19287 exactly at the position where it is inserted.
19288 For this case you can use the option
19294 Use this option very rarely and only if the document is nearly ready to
19296 Because the float is then no longer able to
19297 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19301 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19304 when you change your document and this will often destroy the page layout.
19307 \begin_layout Standard
19308 There are no placement options for text wrap floats, because they are always
19309 surrounded by the text of a certain paragraph.
19312 \begin_layout Standard
19313 For more details about float placements, have a look at LaTeX books like
19315 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
19317 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
19324 \begin_layout Section
19329 \begin_layout Standard
19336 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19338 name "sec:Minipages"
19345 \begin_layout Standard
19346 LaTeX provides a mechanism to produce essentially a page within a page,
19348 Within a minipage, all the usual rules of indentation, line wrapping, etc.\InsetSpace ~
19353 \begin_layout Standard
19354 Minipages in LyX have their own collapsible box inserted via the menu
19356 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19360 Right-clicking on the box allows you to alter the width of the minipage
19361 and its alignment within the page.
19364 \begin_layout Standard
19366 \begin_inset Box Frameless
19375 height_special "totalheight"
19378 \begin_layout Standard
19381 This is a minipage.
19382 The text is set in an italic style.
19385 \begin_layout Standard
19388 Minipages are often used for text in another language or text that needs
19389 another formatting.
19397 \begin_layout Standard
19398 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
19401 If you place two minipages side-by-side, you can use
19405 as described in section\InsetSpace ~
19407 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19409 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
19414 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
19420 \begin_layout Standard
19421 \begin_inset Box Frameless
19430 height_special "totalheight"
19433 \begin_layout Standard
19434 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
19435 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
19443 \begin_inset Box Frameless
19452 height_special "totalheight"
19455 \begin_layout Standard
19456 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
19457 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
19465 \begin_layout Standard
19466 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
19472 \begin_layout Standard
19473 When you right-click on a minipage box, you can change the box from a minipage
19474 to other box types.
19475 All box types and their settings are explained in detail in chapter
19486 \begin_layout Chapter
19487 Mathematical Formulas
19491 \begin_layout Standard
19501 \begin_layout Standard
19506 \begin_layout Standard
19517 \begin_layout Standard
19530 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19532 name "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
19539 \begin_layout Section
19544 \begin_layout Standard
19553 \begin_layout Standard
19554 To create a math formula, you can just click on the toolbar icon
19555 \begin_inset Graphics
19556 filename ../images/math-mode.png
19563 That will create a little blue rectangle, with purple markers around its
19565 That blue rectangle is the formula itself; the purple markers indicate
19566 what level of nesting within the formula you are at.
19567 You can also choose a particular formula type to insert via the
19569 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19575 \begin_layout Standard
19576 Editing the parameters of a formula and adding math constructs can be done
19582 , that appears when the cursor is in a formula.
19585 \begin_layout Standard
19586 There are two main types of formulas: Inline formulas appear within a text
19587 line, like this one:
19590 \begin_layout Standard
19591 This is a line with an inline formula
19592 \begin_inset Formula $A=B$
19598 \begin_layout Standard
19599 Displayed formulas appear outside the text like as they were in an own paragraph
19601 \begin_inset Formula \[
19606 You can only number and reference displayed formulas.
19609 \begin_layout Standard
19610 LyX supports also many LaTeX math commands.
19613 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19623 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19626 , followed by a space, in a formula will create the Greek letter
19627 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
19631 So typing commands might sometimes be faster than using the
19639 \begin_layout Subsection
19640 Navigating in Formulas
19644 \begin_layout Standard
19653 \begin_layout Standard
19654 The best control over the cursor position within an existing formula is
19655 achieved with the arrow keys.
19656 LyX uses small rectangles to indicate places where something can be inserted.
19657 The arrow keys can be used to navigate between parts of a formula.
19662 will leave a formula construct (a square root
19663 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$
19667 \begin_inset Formula $\left(f\right)$
19671 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
19673 3 & 4\end{array}\right]$
19681 will leave the formula, placing the cursor after the formula.
19686 can be used to move horizontally in a formula; for example, through the
19687 cells of a matrix or the positions in a multi-line equation.
19690 \begin_layout Standard
19695 , printed in this document as
19696 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19703 \begin_layout Standard
19713 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19717 \begin_inset Note Note
19720 \begin_layout Standard
19721 This command will appear in the output as official character denoting the
19722 space character (visible space).
19727 , seems to do nothing in a formula, since it does not add a space between
19728 characters, but it does exit a nested structure.
19729 For this reason, you have to be careful about using
19734 For example, if you want
19735 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x+1}$
19746 \begin_layout Standard
19765 \begin_layout Standard
19778 \begin_layout Standard
19789 , since in the latter case only the
19792 \begin_inset Formula $2x$
19797 will be under the square root sign:
19798 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x}+1$
19804 \begin_layout Standard
19805 You can leave many parts of a formula, like this matrix, partially filled
19807 \begin_inset Formula \[
19808 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
19811 & & \lambda_{n}\end{array}\right)\]
19815 If you leave a fraction only partially filled in, or a subscript with nothing
19816 in it, the results will be unpredictable, but most constructs don't mind.
19819 \begin_layout Subsection
19823 \begin_layout Standard
19824 You can select text within a formula in two different ways.
19825 Place the cursor at one end of the string of text you want, and press
19829 and a cursor movement key to select text.
19830 It will be highlighted as with regular text selection.
19831 Alternatively, you can select text with the mouse in the usual way.
19832 That text can then be cut or copied, and then pasted within any formula,
19833 but not in a normal text region in LyX.
19836 \begin_layout Subsection
19837 Exponents and Subscripts
19841 \begin_layout Standard
19851 \begin_layout Standard
19860 \begin_layout Standard
19861 You can use the math panel to add super- or subscripts, but the much easier
19862 way is to use a command.
19864 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
19867 , type in a formula
19873 \begin_layout Standard
19889 puts the cursor back down on the base line of the expression.
19895 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2y}$
19899 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}y$
19908 \begin_layout Standard
19920 If you use characters in the superscript, that could be accented with the
19922 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19926 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19929 , you have to use an extra
19933 to separate the hat and the character.
19936 \begin_inset Formula $x^{a}$
19945 \begin_layout Standard
19957 Subscripts are similar: To get
19958 \begin_inset Formula $a_{1}$
19967 \begin_layout Standard
19981 \begin_layout Subsection
19986 \begin_layout Standard
19995 \begin_layout Standard
19996 Create a fraction with either the command
20003 \begin_inset Graphics
20004 filename ../images/math/frac.png
20017 You will be presented with an empty fraction.
20018 The cursor is above the fraction line.
20019 To move it to the bottom, simply press
20024 To move back up, press
20029 Any math structure can be placed in a fraction, as this example shows:
20030 \begin_inset Formula \[
20031 \left[\frac{1}{\left(\begin{array}{cc}
20033 4 & 5\end{array}\right)}\right]\]
20040 \begin_layout Subsection
20045 \begin_layout Standard
20054 \begin_layout Standard
20055 Roots can be created using the
20061 \begin_inset Graphics
20062 filename ../images/math/sqrt.png
20087 you can produce roots of higher orders, like cube roots, while
20093 produces always a square root.
20096 \begin_layout Subsection
20097 Operators with Limits
20101 \begin_layout Standard
20111 \begin_layout Standard
20118 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20120 name "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
20127 \begin_layout Standard
20129 \begin_inset Formula $\sum$
20133 \begin_inset Formula $\int$
20136 ) operators are very often decorated with limits.
20137 These limits can be entered in LyX by entering them as you would enter
20138 a super- or subscript, directly after the symbol.
20139 The sum operator will automatically place its
20140 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20144 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20147 over and under the symbol in displayed formulas, and on the side in inline
20150 \begin_inset Formula $\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e$
20154 \begin_inset Formula \[
20155 \sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e\]
20159 Integral signs, however, will place the limits on the side in both formula
20163 \begin_layout Standard
20164 All operators with limits will be automatically re-sized when placed in
20166 The placement of the limits can be changed by placing the cursor directly
20167 behind the operator and hitting
20173 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20174 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20175 Change\InsetSpace ~
20176 Limits\InsetSpace ~
20182 \begin_layout Standard
20183 Certain other mathematical expressions have this
20184 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20188 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20191 feature as addition, such as
20195 \begin_layout Standard
20202 \begin_inset Formula \[
20203 \lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x),\]
20207 which will place the
20208 \begin_inset Formula $x\rightarrow\infty$
20212 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20216 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20220 In inline formulas it looks like this:
20221 \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)$
20227 \begin_layout Standard
20228 Note that the lim-function was entered as the function macro
20235 Have a look at section\InsetSpace ~
20237 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20239 reference "sub:Functions"
20243 for an explanation of function macros.
20246 \begin_layout Subsection
20251 \begin_layout Standard
20260 \begin_layout Standard
20261 Most math symbols can be found in the
20266 under one of several categories; including
20283 There are also the additional symbols provided by the American Mathematical
20287 \begin_layout Standard
20288 If you know the LaTeX-command for a construct or symbol you wish to use,
20289 you don't have to use the
20294 , but can type the command directly into the formula.
20295 LyX will convert it to the corresponding symbol or construct.
20298 \begin_layout Subsection
20303 \begin_layout Standard
20310 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20312 name "sub:Altering-Spacing"
20319 \begin_layout Standard
20320 You may want to create spaces that differs from the standard spacing that
20332 \begin_inset Graphics
20333 filename ../images/math/space.png
20340 This generates a small space, and shows a small marker on the screen.
20341 Here a example for the sequence
20346 \begin_inset Formula $a\, b$
20350 \begin_inset Graphics
20351 filename clipart/SpaceMarker.png
20358 You can change the space to different sizes when you set the cursor behind
20359 the space marker and hit space again several times.
20360 With every space hit the size will be changed.
20361 Some markers for the space size appear red in LyX, because they are a negative
20366 \begin_layout Standard
20376 \begin_inset Formula $a\quad b$
20382 \begin_layout Standard
20392 \begin_inset Formula $a\! b$
20398 \begin_layout Subsection
20403 \begin_layout Standard
20410 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20412 name "sub:Functions"
20419 \begin_layout Standard
20425 contains under the button
20426 \begin_inset Graphics
20427 filename ../images/math/functions.png
20433 a number of functions, such as
20434 \begin_inset Formula $\sin$
20438 \begin_inset Formula $\lim$
20446 (you can also insert them in a formula by typing
20453 Standard mathematical practice is, that functions are printed upright to
20454 avoid confusions, because
20455 \begin_inset Formula $sin$
20459 \begin_inset Formula $s·i·n$
20465 \begin_layout Standard
20466 Using the function macros will also produce correct spacing around the function:
20468 \begin_inset Formula $a\sin x$
20472 \begin_inset Formula $asinx$
20478 \begin_layout Standard
20479 For some mathematical objects, like the limes, the macro changes the way
20480 that subscripts are placed, like described in section\InsetSpace ~
20482 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20484 reference "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
20491 \begin_layout Subsection
20496 \begin_layout Standard
20505 \begin_layout Standard
20506 In a formula you can insert accented characters in the same way as in text
20508 This may depend on your keyboard, or the bindings file you use.
20509 You can also use LaTeX commands to e.g.
20511 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
20514 even if your keyboard doesn't have hat-accents enabled.
20515 Our example is entered by typing
20523 \begin_layout Standard
20537 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20539 reference "cap:Accent-names-and"
20543 shows the equivalences between the accent names and the commands.
20546 \begin_layout Standard
20547 \begin_inset Float table
20552 \begin_layout Standard
20553 \begin_inset Caption
20555 \begin_layout Standard
20556 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20558 name "cap:Accent-names-and"
20562 Accent names and the corresponding commands.
20570 \begin_layout Standard
20572 \begin_inset Tabular
20573 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="11" columns="3">
20575 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
20576 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
20577 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
20578 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
20579 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20582 \begin_layout Standard
20588 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20591 \begin_layout Standard
20597 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20600 \begin_layout Standard
20616 <row topline="true">
20617 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20620 \begin_layout Standard
20635 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20638 \begin_layout Standard
20648 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20651 \begin_layout Standard
20661 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
20670 <row topline="true">
20671 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20674 \begin_layout Standard
20689 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20692 \begin_layout Standard
20702 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20705 \begin_layout Standard
20715 \begin_inset Formula $\grave{a}$
20724 <row topline="true">
20725 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20728 \begin_layout Standard
20743 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20746 \begin_layout Standard
20756 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20759 \begin_layout Standard
20769 \begin_inset Formula $\acute{a}$
20778 <row topline="true">
20779 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20782 \begin_layout Standard
20797 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20800 \begin_layout Standard
20810 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20813 \begin_layout Standard
20823 \begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$
20832 <row topline="true">
20833 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20836 \begin_layout Standard
20851 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20854 \begin_layout Standard
20864 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20867 \begin_layout Standard
20877 \begin_inset Formula $\tilde{a}$
20886 <row topline="true">
20887 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20890 \begin_layout Standard
20905 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20908 \begin_layout Standard
20918 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20921 \begin_layout Standard
20931 \begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$
20940 <row topline="true">
20941 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20944 \begin_layout Standard
20959 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20962 \begin_layout Standard
20972 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20975 \begin_layout Standard
20985 \begin_inset Formula $\breve{a}$
20994 <row topline="true">
20995 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20998 \begin_layout Standard
21013 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21016 \begin_layout Standard
21026 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21029 \begin_layout Standard
21039 \begin_inset Formula $\check{a}$
21048 <row topline="true">
21049 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21052 \begin_layout Standard
21067 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21070 \begin_layout Standard
21080 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21083 \begin_layout Standard
21093 \begin_inset Formula $\bar{a}$
21102 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
21103 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21106 \begin_layout Standard
21112 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21115 \begin_layout Standard
21125 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21128 \begin_layout Standard
21138 \begin_inset Formula $\vec{a}$
21159 \begin_layout Standard
21160 You can choose one of the accents by selecting an item from the
21166 \begin_inset Graphics
21167 filename ../images/math/hat.png
21173 in the math panel ; this will apply to any selection you have made within
21177 \begin_layout Section
21178 Brackets and Delimiters
21182 \begin_layout Standard
21192 \begin_layout Standard
21199 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21201 name "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
21208 \begin_layout Standard
21209 There are several brackets available through LyX.
21210 For most purposes, using just the keys
21215 But if you want to surround a large structure, like a matrix or a fraction,
21216 or if you have several layers of brackets, is better using
21222 \begin_inset Graphics
21223 filename ../images/math/delim.png
21230 For example, that's how you would construct the brackets around a standard
21232 \begin_inset Formula \[
21233 \left[\begin{array}{cc}
21235 3 & 4\end{array}\right]\]
21239 and to make it easier to see the layers of parentheses as in:
21240 \begin_inset Formula \[
21241 \frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)}\]
21248 \begin_layout Standard
21249 The parentheses, and other brackets from that menu will automatically re-size
21250 to accommodate the size of what is inside.
21253 \begin_layout Standard
21254 To construct brackets click on the button for the bracket you want on the
21255 left side and right side.
21256 If you use the option
21261 , the selected bracket type will be used for the left and the right side.
21262 The selection will be shown below the button field.
21263 If you want one side to not have a bracket, use the blank button.
21264 It will appear in LyX with a dotted line, but nothing will be printed.
21267 \begin_layout Standard
21268 If you want to place brackets around math structures, like a square root,
21269 you can do that by highlighting (selecting) the structure that is to go
21270 inside the brackets.
21271 Then choose the appropriate brackets for left and right and click on
21276 The parentheses will be drawn around the selected structure.
21279 \begin_layout Standard
21280 The next section explains how to insert a LaTeX
21281 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21285 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21291 \begin_layout Section
21296 \begin_layout Standard
21303 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21305 name "sec:Grouping"
21312 \begin_layout Standard
21313 You may need to group a set of symbols.
21314 In LaTeX, for example, the typesetting of
21325 \begin_layout Standard
21326 \begin_inset Formula \[
21327 {x^{y}}^{z}\quad\mathrm{differs\; from}\quad x^{y^{z}}\]
21334 \begin_layout Standard
21335 To create this grouping, you need to use the key sequence
21336 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21346 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21350 Inside LyX, you will see red braces indicating the grouping.
21351 Within this braces you insert the grouped structure.
21352 The grouping braces won't appear in the output in contrary to normal braces.
21355 \begin_layout Section
21356 Arrays and Multi-line Equations
21360 \begin_layout Standard
21370 \begin_layout Standard
21380 \begin_layout Standard
21381 Math ! Multi-line Equations
21389 \begin_layout Standard
21390 Matrices are entered in LyX using the
21396 \begin_inset Graphics
21397 filename ../images/math/matrix.png
21404 It will open a dialog for you to choose the number of rows/columns.
21405 Here is an example:
21406 \begin_inset Formula \[
21407 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
21410 7 & 8 & 9\end{array}\right)\]
21414 The parentheses aren't automatic, but you can add them as described in section\InsetSpace ~
21416 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21418 reference "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
21423 When you construct the matrix, you can decide whether the column entries
21424 will be left-, right-, or center-justified.
21425 This alignment is set in the box
21430 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21438 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21442 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21450 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21454 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21462 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21467 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21475 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21478 for every column as default.
21479 For example, the sequence
21480 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21488 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21491 means that the first column will be left-justified, the second will be
21492 centered, and the third column will be right-justified, because each letter
21493 corresponds to the relevant column.
21494 The result will look like this:
21495 \begin_inset Formula \[
21497 this & this\, column & this\, column\\
21498 column & has & has\, right\\
21499 has\, left\, alignment & center\, alignment & alignment\end{array}.\]
21506 \begin_layout Standard
21507 You can add more rows to an existing matrix by hitting
21511 while the cursor is in the matrix.
21512 Adding or deleting columns can be done via the menu
21514 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21520 \begin_layout Standard
21521 There are other arrays used in formulas, such as distinctions of cases.
21522 It can be created with the menu
21524 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21525 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21537 \begin_inset Formula \[
21541 1 & x>0\end{cases}\]
21548 \begin_layout Standard
21549 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
21552 Multi-line formulas are created when you press
21560 In an empty formula you can see that three blue boxes appear, one for each
21569 in a non-empty formula, the part before the relation sign (equal sign
21570 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21574 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21577 etc.) will be inserted automatically to the first column, the relation sign
21578 is in the second column, and the rest in the third column.
21579 A new row is created by every further hit of
21587 Multi-line formulas are always displayed formulas.
21588 Here is an example:
21589 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
21590 a^{2} & = & (b^{2}+c^{2})(b^{2}-c^{2})\nonumber \\
21591 a & = & \sqrt{b^{4}-c^{4}}\label{eq:asquared}\end{eqnarray}
21595 To change the column assignment of the formula parts, place the cursor
21596 where you want to start the shift and hit
21601 It shifts everything in the column which is right beside the current cursor
21602 position to the next column.
21603 Note that the middle column is designed for relation signs, structures
21604 within this column will be printed in a smaller size:
21605 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray*}
21606 \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B}\end{eqnarray*}
21613 \begin_layout Standard
21614 The multi-line formula type described here is called
21621 There are other multi-line types being more suitable for certain situations,
21622 for example if you want a better inter-line spacing than in formula (
21623 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21625 reference "eq:asquared"
21630 The other types are described in section\InsetSpace ~
21632 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21634 reference "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
21641 \begin_layout Section
21642 Formula Numbering and Referencing
21646 \begin_layout Standard
21647 Math ! Formula numbering
21656 \begin_layout Standard
21657 Math ! Referencing formulas
21663 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21665 name "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
21672 \begin_layout Standard
21673 To number a formula, set the cursor in the formula and use the menu
21675 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21676 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21677 Toggle\InsetSpace ~
21686 The formula number appears in LyX as
21687 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21691 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21694 within parentheses.
21696 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21700 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21703 denotes, that the number will be calculated automatically when the output
21705 The placement and format of the formula number in the output depends on
21706 the document class.
21707 In this document the number is printed together with the chapter number,
21708 separated by a dot:
21709 \begin_inset Formula \begin{equation}
21710 1+1=2\end{equation}
21719 in a numbered formula will switch off the numbering.
21720 You can only number displayed formulas.
21723 \begin_layout Standard
21724 Multi-line formulas can be numbered line by line: Using the menu
21726 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21727 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21728 Toggle\InsetSpace ~
21729 Numbering\InsetSpace ~
21738 will only toggle the numbering of the line where the cursor is in:
21739 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
21741 2 & = & 4-2\nonumber \\
21742 4 & \leq & 7\end{eqnarray}
21746 To number all lines use the shortcut
21754 \begin_layout Standard
21755 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
21758 Every displayed formula can be referenced by its number using a label.
21759 A label is inserted with the menu
21761 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21764 when the cursor is in the formula.
21765 This opens a dialog to enter the label.
21766 It is recommended to use the proposed
21767 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21775 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21778 as first part of the label, because this helps later to identify the label
21779 type when you have many labels in your document.
21780 We inserted in the following example the label
21781 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21785 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21788 in the second line:
21789 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
21790 \tanh(x) & = & \frac{\sinh(x)}{\cosh(x)}\nonumber \\
21791 & = & \frac{\mathrm{e}^{2x}-1}{\mathrm{e}^{2x}+1}\label{eq:tanhExp}\end{eqnarray}
21795 Every labeled line is automatically numbered.
21796 Therefore the label is shown in LyX at the place of the formula number
21798 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21802 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21806 You can reference a labeled formula using the menu
21808 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21813 A dialog appears to choose a label you want refer to.
21814 The reference appears in LyX as grey cross reference box and in the output
21815 as the formula number:
21818 \begin_layout Standard
21819 This is a cross-reference to equation (
21820 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21822 reference "eq:tanhExp"
21829 \begin_layout Standard
21830 The properties of LyX's cross-reference box are described in section\InsetSpace ~
21832 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21834 reference "sec:Cross-References"
21839 To delete a label, set the cursor in the labeled formula, use the menu
21842 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21845 and delete the label in the appearing dialog.
21849 \begin_layout Standard
21850 This is a unintuitive and will be fixed in the next version of LyX.
21858 \begin_layout Section
21859 User defined math macros
21863 \begin_layout Standard
21870 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21872 name "sec:math-macros"
21879 \begin_layout Standard
21880 LyX allows you to define macros for formulas.
21881 For example we assume that solutions of the quadratic equation often occur
21882 in our document in various forms and we want to create a macro to print
21885 The general form of a quadratic equation is:
21886 \begin_inset Formula \[
21887 0=\lambda^{2}+p\lambda+q\]
21891 The general form of its solution is:
21892 \begin_inset Formula \[
21893 \lambda_{1,2}=-\frac{p}{2}\pm\sqrt{\frac{p²}{4}-q}\]
21900 \begin_layout Standard
21901 The macro should print the parameters
21902 \begin_inset Formula $\lambda$
21906 \begin_inset Formula $p$
21910 \begin_inset Formula $q$
21913 like in the equation above.
21916 \begin_layout Standard
21917 A macro is created by executing the command
21920 \begin_layout Standard
21927 \begin_layout Standard
21940 \begin_layout Standard
21949 Number\InsetSpace ~
21954 \begin_layout Standard
21955 in the minibuffer at the bottom of the LyX screen.
21956 Name is the name of the new macro which mustn't contain numbers.
21957 The number of arguments can be a number in the range 1-9.
21958 If you want to define a macro without arguments, don't declare the number
21962 \begin_layout Standard
21963 We have three arguments and name the macro
21964 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21968 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21971 , so that the command is:
21974 \begin_layout Standard
21981 \begin_layout Standard
21994 \begin_layout Standard
22006 \begin_layout Standard
22007 This results in the following macro definition box:
22008 \begin_inset Graphics
22009 filename clipart/macrobox.png
22016 \begin_inset FormulaMacro
22017 \newcommand{\qE}[3]{#1_{1,\,2}=-\frac{#2}{2}\pm\sqrt{\frac{#2^{2}}{4}-#3}}
22018 {\textrm{qE: }#1\textrm{ , }#2\textrm{ , }#3}
22022 \begin_inset Note Note
22025 \begin_layout Standard
22026 The first box is an image to show the behavior in the output.
22027 The second one is the definition box, that doesn't appear in the output.
22035 \begin_layout Standard
22036 The first blue box is for the definition, where you insert the formula via
22037 the math panel or commands.
22038 The placeholder for the arguments are inserted as a backslash and sharp
22039 followed by the argument number, e.g.
22041 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22047 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22050 for the first argument.
22051 Placeholders will be displayed in red.
22052 The second blue box is for the appearance in LyX.
22053 This is useful when you have a large structure that shouldn't be displayed
22054 in LyX with its full size.
22055 If you want to see the macro as it is defined, leave the box blank.
22056 In our example we insert the sequence
22086 The macro will then be shown as the macro name followed by the three arguments.
22089 \begin_layout Standard
22090 To use the macro in a formula, type its name as command, in our case
22091 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22101 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22105 The macro is inserted with boxes for the arguments looking similar to this:
22108 \begin_layout Standard
22110 \begin_inset Graphics
22111 filename clipart/macrouse.png
22120 \begin_layout Standard
22121 The arguments are inserted in the blue boxes.
22122 If the cursor is outside the macro, the arguments are put in the macro.
22123 To change the arguments, put the cursor in the formula before or after
22124 the macro and press the right or left arrow key respectively.
22125 The arguments appear now again below the macro definition.
22128 \begin_layout Standard
22129 If you change the macro definition all macros are changed automatically
22130 to the new definition.
22131 Here an example of our macro with the arguments
22132 \begin_inset Formula $x$
22136 \begin_inset Formula $\ln(x)$
22140 \begin_inset Formula $B$
22144 \begin_inset Formula \[
22145 \qE {x}{\ln(y)}{B}\]
22152 \begin_layout Standard
22153 When the document is exported to LaTeX, the macro definition will be inserted
22157 \begin_layout Standard
22176 \begin_layout Standard
22191 \begin_layout Standard
22202 frac{#2^{2}}{4}-#3}}
22205 \begin_layout Standard
22206 The command is not inserted in the document preamble.
22207 That means you can only use macros in formulas that are below the macro
22208 definition box in your document.
22209 There are also some other restrictions: The command
22211 newcommand supports optional arguments, which are not available in LyX's
22213 You can also not change subsequently the name of the macro and the number
22218 \begin_layout Section
22222 \begin_layout Subsection
22227 \begin_layout Standard
22236 \begin_layout Standard
22237 The standard font for text is italic, for numbers the standard is roman.
22238 To set a font in a formula, use the
22244 \begin_inset Graphics
22245 filename ../images/math/font.png
22251 , or enter its command, listed in table\InsetSpace ~
22253 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22255 reference "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
22262 \begin_layout Standard
22263 \begin_inset Float table
22268 \begin_layout Standard
22269 \begin_inset Caption
22271 \begin_layout Standard
22272 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22274 name "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
22278 Typefaces and the corresponding commands.
22286 \begin_layout Standard
22288 \begin_inset Tabular
22289 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="2">
22291 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
22292 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" rightline="true" width="0pt">
22293 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
22294 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22297 \begin_layout Standard
22303 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22306 \begin_layout Standard
22313 <row topline="true">
22314 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22317 \begin_layout Standard
22324 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Roman}$
22332 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22335 \begin_layout Standard
22346 <row topline="true">
22347 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22350 \begin_layout Standard
22351 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbf{Bold}}$
22359 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22362 \begin_layout Standard
22373 <row topline="true">
22374 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22377 \begin_layout Standard
22378 \begin_inset Formula $\mathit{Italic}$
22386 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22389 \begin_layout Standard
22400 <row topline="true">
22401 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22404 \begin_layout Standard
22411 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{Typewriter}$
22419 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22422 \begin_layout Standard
22433 <row topline="true">
22434 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22437 \begin_layout Standard
22438 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbb{BLACKBOARD}}$
22446 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22449 \begin_layout Standard
22460 <row topline="true">
22461 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22464 \begin_layout Standard
22465 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{Fraktur}$
22473 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22476 \begin_layout Standard
22487 <row topline="true">
22488 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22491 \begin_layout Standard
22499 \begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{CALLIGRAPHIC}$
22507 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22510 \begin_layout Standard
22521 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
22522 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22525 \begin_layout Standard
22526 \begin_inset Formula $\mathsf{SansSerif}$
22534 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22537 \begin_layout Standard
22560 \begin_layout Standard
22561 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
22564 \begin_layout Standard
22569 that you can only print capital letters in the typefaces
22585 \begin_layout Standard
22586 When you use a typeface, a blue box is inserted in the formula.
22587 Every character in this box will be printed in this typeface.
22592 within the box, will set the cursor outside, so that you have to use a
22593 protected space when you need a space in the box.
22594 Here an example where a
22595 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22599 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22606 denotes the set of numbers:
22607 \begin_inset Formula \[
22608 f(x)=\sqrt{x}\:;\: x\in\mathbb{N}\]
22615 \begin_layout Standard
22616 The typefaces are nestable, which can cause confusion.
22627 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{abc\mathfrak{d}e}$
22632 So better don't use this feature.
22635 \begin_layout Standard
22636 The typefaces have no effect on Greek letters:
22637 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{abc\delta e}$
22642 You can only print them emboldened using the command
22648 , which works like the other typeface commands:
22649 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha\beta\gamma\boldsymbol{\alpha\beta\gamma}$
22655 \begin_layout Standard
22662 works for all symbols, letters, and numbers.
22665 \begin_layout Standard
22666 A number of other font options are available as well, in the menu
22668 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22669 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22676 \begin_layout Subsection
22681 \begin_layout Standard
22690 \begin_layout Standard
22691 Typefaces are useful for entering some characters in some given font, but
22693 For typing longer pieces of text use the math text, which is obtained using
22696 Normal\InsetSpace ~
22706 \begin_inset Graphics
22707 filename ../images/math/font.png
22713 (alternatively the shortcut
22719 Math text appears in LyX in black instead of blue.
22720 You can use spaces and accents in math text like in normal text.
22721 Here is an example:
22722 \begin_inset Formula \[
22724 x & \textrm{if I say so}\\
22725 -x & \textrm{unter Umständen}\end{cases}\]
22732 \begin_layout Subsection
22737 \begin_layout Standard
22746 \begin_layout Standard
22747 There are four font styles (relative sizes) used in math-mode, which are
22748 automatically chosen in most situations.
22766 For most characters,
22774 are actually the same size, but fractions, superscripts and subscripts,
22775 and certain other structures, are set larger in
22780 Except for some operators, which resize themselves to accommodate various
22781 situations, all text will be set in the styles as LaTeX thinks is appropriate.
22782 These choices can be overridden by using the math panel button
22783 \begin_inset Graphics
22784 filename ../images/math/style.png
22791 A box for the size will be created in which you can insert the math structure.
22792 For example, you can set
22793 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$
22796 , which is normally in
22805 \begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$
22809 The four styles are used in the following example:
22812 \begin_layout Standard
22813 \begin_inset Formula $displaystyle$
22817 \begin_inset Formula ${\textstyle textstyle}$
22821 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptstyle scriptstyle}$
22825 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptscriptstyle scriptscriptstyle}$
22831 \begin_layout Standard
22832 All these math-mode font sizes are relative, that means, if the whole math
22833 inset is set in a particular size with the menu
22835 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22839 , all sizes in the formula will be adjusted relative to this size.
22840 Similarly, if the base font size of the document is changed, all fonts
22841 will be adjusted to correspond.
22842 As example a formula in the font size
22843 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22847 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22853 \begin_layout Standard
22857 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{e}=\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}$
22863 \begin_layout Section
22868 \begin_layout Standard
22878 \begin_layout Standard
22887 \begin_layout Standard
22888 LyX supports the packages provided by the American Mathematical Society
22889 (AMS) that are in common use.
22892 \begin_layout Subsection
22893 Enabling AMS-Support
22896 \begin_layout Standard
22897 Selecting the checkbox
22906 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22913 \begin_layout Standard
22914 Document ! Settings
22924 will include the AMS-packages in the document, and make the facilities
22926 AMS is needed for many math-constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in
22927 formulas, assure that you have enabled AMS.
22930 \begin_layout Subsection
22932 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22934 name "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
22942 \begin_layout Standard
22943 Math ! Multi-line Equations
22951 \begin_layout Standard
22952 AMS-LaTeX provides a selection of different formula types.
22953 LyX allows you to choose between
22974 We refer to the AMS-documentation for an explanation of these formula types.
22977 \begin_layout Chapter
22981 \begin_layout Section
22986 \begin_layout Standard
22993 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22995 name "sec:Cross-References"
23002 \begin_layout Standard
23003 One of LyX's strengths are cross-references.
23004 You can reference every section, float, footnote, formula, and list in
23006 To reference a document part, you have to insert a label into it.
23007 The label is used as anchor and name for the reference.
23008 We want for example refer to the the second item of the following list:
23011 \begin_layout Enumerate
23015 \begin_layout Enumerate
23016 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23018 name "enu:Second-item"
23025 \begin_layout Enumerate
23029 \begin_layout Standard
23030 First we insert a label into the second item with the menu
23032 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23035 or the by pressing the toolbar button
23036 \begin_inset Graphics
23037 filename ../images/label-insert.png
23045 A grey label box like this:
23046 \begin_inset Graphics
23047 filename clipart/labelQt4.png
23054 is inserted and the label window pops up asking for the label text.
23055 LyX offers as text the first words of the item with a prefix, in our case
23057 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23065 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23070 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23078 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23082 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23086 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23090 The prefix depends on the document part where the label is inserted, e.g.
23091 if you insert a label to a section heading, the prefix will be
23092 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23100 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23106 \begin_layout Standard
23107 To reference the item, we refer to its label using the menu
23109 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23112 or the toolbar button
23113 \begin_inset Graphics
23114 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
23122 A grey cross-reference box like this:
23123 \begin_inset Graphics
23124 filename clipart/referenceQt4.png
23131 is inserted and the cross-reference window appear showing all labels of
23133 We can now sort the labels alphabetically and then choose the entry
23134 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23142 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23146 At the position of the cross-reference box the item number will appear
23148 Here is our cross-reference:
23151 \begin_layout Standard
23154 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23156 reference "enu:Second-item"
23163 \begin_layout Standard
23164 It is recommended to use a protected space
23168 \begin_layout Standard
23169 described in section\InsetSpace ~
23171 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23173 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
23182 between the cross-reference name and its number to avoid ugly linebreaks
23186 \begin_layout Standard
23187 There are six varieties of cross-references:
23190 \begin_layout Description
23191 <reference>: prints the float number, this is the default:
23192 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23194 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
23201 \begin_layout Description
23202 (<reference>): prints the float number within two parentheses, this is the
23203 style normally used to reference formulas, especially when the reference
23205 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23209 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23213 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23215 reference "eq:tanhExp"
23222 \begin_layout Description
23223 <page>: prints the page number: Page\InsetSpace ~
23225 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23226 LatexCommand pageref
23227 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
23234 \begin_layout Description
23237 <page>: prints the text "on page" and the page number:
23238 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23239 LatexCommand vpageref
23240 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
23247 \begin_layout Description
23248 <reference>\InsetSpace ~
23251 <page>: prints the float number, the text "on page", and
23253 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23255 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
23262 \begin_layout Description
23263 Formatted\InsetSpace ~
23264 reference: prints a self defined cross-reference format.
23267 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
23270 \begin_layout Standard
23275 This feature is only available when you have the LaTeX-package
23281 \begin_layout Standard
23282 LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
23297 \begin_layout Standard
23298 Note that the style <page> won't print the page number if the label is on
23299 the previous, the same, or the next page.
23300 You will e.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
23303 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23311 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23317 \begin_layout Standard
23318 The number and current page of the referred document part in the output,
23319 is automatically calculated by LaTeX.
23320 The varieties are adjusted in the field
23324 of the cross-reference window, that appear when you click on the cross-referenc
23328 \begin_layout Standard
23329 You can only use the style
23333 to reference numbered document parts, while the reference style
23337 is always possible.
23340 \begin_layout Standard
23341 If you want to reference a section, put the label in the section heading,
23342 to reference a float, put the label in the caption.
23343 For footnotes you can put the label somewhere in it.
23344 Referencing formulas is explained in section\InsetSpace ~
23346 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23348 reference "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
23355 \begin_layout Standard
23362 in the cross-reference window sets the the cursor before the referred label.
23363 The button text changes then to
23368 and you can use it to set the cursor back to the cross-reference.
23369 Right-clicking on a cross-reference box also sets the cursor before the
23370 referred label but without a possibility to go back.
23374 \begin_layout Standard
23375 You can change labels at any time by clicking on the label box.
23376 References to the changed label will automatically change its link to the
23377 new label text, so that you don't need to take care about this.
23380 \begin_layout Standard
23381 If a cross-reference refers to a non-existing label, you'll see two question
23382 marks in the output instead of the reference.
23385 \begin_layout Standard
23386 References are described in detail in the
23393 \begin_layout Section
23394 Table of Contents and other Listings
23398 \begin_layout Standard
23408 \begin_layout Standard
23415 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23424 \begin_layout Subsection
23425 Table of Contents and Outline
23426 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23428 name "sub:Table-of-Contents"
23435 \begin_layout Standard
23436 The Table of Contents (TOC) is inserted with the menu
23438 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23439 List/TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23445 Is is displayed in LyX as a gray box.
23446 If you click on it, the TOC window appears, showing you the TOC entries.
23447 You can jump to a document part by clicking on an entry.
23448 Thus you can use this window as graphical alternative for the
23455 \begin_layout Standard
23456 The TOC lists every numbered section automatically.
23457 If you have declared a short title for a section heading, as described
23458 in section\InsetSpace ~
23460 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23462 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
23466 , it will be used in the TOC instead of the section heading.
23467 Section\InsetSpace ~
23469 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23471 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
23475 describes how the level is adjusted that defines which section types are
23477 You can also adjust the level for the displayed sections in the TOC window
23478 using the grey fader at the bottom of the window.
23479 Unnumbered sections are not listed in the TOC.
23482 \begin_layout Standard
23483 You can use the TOC window also as outline to move and rearrange sections
23485 The TOC window therefore also appears when you use the menu
23487 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23493 \begin_layout Subsection
23494 List of Figures, Tables and Algorithms
23495 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23504 \begin_layout Standard
23505 Table, figure, and algorithm lists are very much like the table of contents.
23506 You can insert them via the
23508 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23514 The list entries are the float captions and the float number.
23517 \begin_layout Section
23518 URLs (Uniform Resource Locators)
23522 \begin_layout Standard
23529 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23538 \begin_layout Standard
23539 It is often desirable to include long
23540 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23544 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23547 items in a document such as Web site URLs, e-mail addresses, etc.
23548 These things typically do not contain any spaces and are thus difficult
23549 to typeset properly.
23550 Such items will often fall on a line boundary if they cannot be split,
23551 resulting in an overfull line.
23552 To avoid this, use the menu
23554 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23557 to enter a long URL and have it split gracefully, if necessary.
23560 \begin_layout Standard
23561 The URL dialog has two fields; the URL field and the
23565 field for the URL description, which will be typeset as plain text immediately
23570 \begin_layout Standard
23572 \begin_inset Flex URL
23575 \begin_layout Standard
23585 \begin_layout Standard
23586 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
23596 \begin_layout Itemize
23597 When you use the following characters: "%", "#", "^", you have to write
23598 them with a backslash before, e.g.
23600 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23606 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23612 \begin_layout Itemize
23613 URLs must not end with a backslash!
23616 \begin_layout Section
23621 \begin_layout Standard
23628 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23630 name "sec:Appendices"
23637 \begin_layout Standard
23638 Appendices are created with the menu
23640 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23642 Appendix\InsetSpace ~
23646 This menu sets the document from the current cursor position to the end
23647 as appendix region.
23648 The region is marked with a red borderline.
23651 \begin_layout Standard
23652 Every chapter (or section) within the appendix region is treated as an appendix,
23653 numbered with a capital Latin letter.
23654 The appendix subsections are numbered with this letter followed by a dot
23655 and the subsection number.
23656 All appendix sections can be referenced as if they were normal sections,
23660 \begin_layout Standard
23661 Appendix\InsetSpace ~
23663 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23665 reference "cha:Credits"
23669 ; Appendix\InsetSpace ~
23671 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23673 reference "sub:Export"
23680 \begin_layout Section
23685 \begin_layout Standard
23692 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23694 name "sec:Bibliography"
23701 \begin_layout Standard
23702 There are two ways of generating the bibliography in a LyX-document.
23703 You can include a bibliography database
23707 \begin_layout Standard
23708 Known under the name
23709 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23713 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23721 , which is explained in the next subsection or you can insert the bibliography
23723 For the second method we use the paragraph environment
23727 , described in section\InsetSpace ~
23729 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23731 reference "sub:Biblio_environment"
23738 \begin_layout Standard
23743 environment, every paragraph begins with a gray bibliography box labeled
23745 If you click on it, you will get a dialog in which you can set a
23754 The key is the symbolic name by which you will refer to this bibliography
23756 For example, our second entry in the bibliography is a book about LaTeX
23758 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23762 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23765 , a short form of its title, as key.
23768 \begin_layout Standard
23769 You can refer to the key of a bibliography entry using the menu
23771 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23774 or the toobar button
23775 \begin_inset Graphics
23776 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
23779 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
23784 A citation reference box is inserted and a citation window will appear
23785 in which you can select one or more keys in the available key list.
23786 The citation reference box will be labeled with the referenced key.
23787 When you click on the box, the citation window appears and you can change
23791 \begin_layout Standard
23792 Citation references appear in the output as number of the bibliography entry
23793 with surrounding brackets.
23798 for the entry, the label will appear instead of the number.
23799 Here two examples; the first without a label, the second with the label
23801 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23805 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23811 \begin_layout Standard
23814 LaTeX Companion Second Edition
23817 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
23819 key "latexcompanion"
23826 \begin_layout Standard
23827 The LyX-Team members are listed in the Credits:
23828 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
23837 \begin_layout Subsection
23838 Bibliography databases (BibTeX)
23842 \begin_layout Standard
23843 Bibliography ! Databases
23852 \begin_layout Standard
23853 Bibliography ! BibTeX
23859 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23861 name "sub:Bibliography-databases"
23868 \begin_layout Standard
23869 Bibliography databases are useful if you use the same bibliography in different
23871 It makes it also very easy to have a uniform layout for all bibliography
23873 You can collect the bibliography of all relevant books and articles of
23874 your working field in a database.
23875 This database can be used for different documents, because only the referenced
23876 entries of the database will appear in the bibliography list.
23879 \begin_layout Standard
23880 The database is a text file with the file extension
23881 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23889 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23892 containing the bibliography in a special format.
23893 The format is explained in LaTeX books (
23894 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
23896 key "Mittelbach,Kopka,Lamport"
23901 Normally one uses a special program to create and edit entries of the database.
23905 \begin_inset Flex URL
23908 \begin_layout Standard
23910 http://wiki.lyx.org/BibTeX/Programs
23917 you find a list of programs for bibliography databases.
23920 \begin_layout Standard
23921 To use a database, use the menu
23923 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23928 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23933 \begin_layout Standard
23944 A grey box will be inserted and a window appears.
23945 In this window you can load one or more databases and a style file.
23948 \begin_layout Standard
23949 The style file is a text file with the file extension
23950 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23958 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23961 that declares the layout of all bibliography entries.
23962 Many publishers provide special style files, so that you don't have to
23963 take care of the layout.
23966 \begin_layout Standard
23967 Inserting a citation reference works like described above.
23970 \begin_layout Standard
23971 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
23977 \begin_layout Standard
23978 To generate the bibliography from a database, the program BibTeX is used
23980 This program can be controlled with options that you can add in LyX's preferenc
23991 \begin_layout Standard
24006 \begin_layout Standard
24017 Before adding options, it is strongly recommended to read the manual of
24025 \begin_layout Standard
24026 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
24032 \begin_layout Standard
24033 We use two bibliographies in this document to show the difference between
24034 the two methods of creating them.
24035 As you can see, the bibliography that is created from a database lists
24036 only the database entries that are referenced in the document.
24037 We used the style file
24041 to get the complicated German reference key scheme in the bibliography.
24044 \begin_layout Subsection
24045 Bibliography layout
24049 \begin_layout Standard
24050 Bibliography ! Layout
24058 \begin_layout Standard
24059 In the citation reference dialog you can set a special citation format.
24060 For this feature you need to use the option
24066 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24073 \begin_layout Standard
24074 Document ! Settings
24084 Setting a citation style for a reference will overwrite the default.
24085 For the global citation format use the BibTeX style files as explained
24086 in the previous section.
24089 \begin_layout Standard
24090 You can also set text, that should appear before or after a citation reference,
24091 in the citation reference window.
24092 Here an example where we set the text
24093 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24096 Chapter\InsetSpace ~
24098 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24101 to appear after the reference:
24104 \begin_layout Standard
24106 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
24109 key "latexcompanion"
24116 \begin_layout Section
24121 \begin_layout Standard
24128 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24137 \begin_layout Standard
24138 An index entry is created if you use the menu
24140 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24144 or the toolbar button
24145 \begin_inset Graphics
24146 filename ../images/index-insert.png
24149 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
24155 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24163 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24166 is inserted containing the text that appears in the index.
24167 The word where the cursor is in or the currently highlighted text is proposed
24168 by LyX as index entry.
24171 \begin_layout Standard
24172 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
24175 \begin_layout Standard
24180 The index entry text field differs from all other text fields, because
24181 you have to insert valid LaTeX-code.
24186 Therefore you cannot insert
24189 \begin_layout Standard
24195 \begin_layout Standard
24196 to an index entry field, because the
24197 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24201 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24204 character is used in LaTeX to separate table columns, so that you will
24206 The correct entry is
24209 \begin_layout Standard
24217 \begin_layout Standard
24218 This behavior is necessary because index entries can be formatted in many
24219 ways using special LaTeX commands.
24220 We give a short overview of the index command in the next subsections.
24221 For a detailed description of LaTeX's index mechanism, have a look at one
24223 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
24225 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
24232 \begin_layout Standard
24233 You can change index entries by clicking on the index box.
24236 \begin_layout Standard
24237 The index list is inserted to the document with the menu
24239 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24242 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24247 A light blue box labeled
24248 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24256 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24259 will show the place where the index is printed in the output.
24260 The index list box is not clickable like other LyX-boxes.
24263 \begin_layout Subsection
24264 Grouping Index Entries
24268 \begin_layout Standard
24277 \begin_layout Standard
24278 Index entries are often grouped to offer the reader a fast search in the
24280 We want to group for example the index entries for itemized and enumerated
24281 lists under the entry
24282 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24286 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24290 First we create the entry
24291 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24295 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24298 in section\InsetSpace ~
24300 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24302 reference "sub:Lists"
24307 In the text field for the itemized list index entry in section\InsetSpace ~
24309 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24311 reference "sec:Itemize"
24315 , we insert the command
24318 \begin_layout Standard
24324 \begin_layout Standard
24328 \begin_layout Standard
24334 \begin_layout Standard
24335 for the enumerated list in section\InsetSpace ~
24337 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24339 reference "sec:Enumerate"
24346 \begin_layout Standard
24347 The exclamation mark
24348 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24352 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24355 marks the grouping levels.
24356 You can have three levels; every index level is indented a bit more.
24357 An index entry for the higher levels is not required.
24358 If we don't have an index entry for
24359 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24363 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24366 , it will be printed anyway, but without a page number.
24369 \begin_layout Subsection
24374 \begin_layout Standard
24375 Index ! Page ranges
24383 \begin_layout Standard
24384 Normally an index entry will appear with the page number of the indexed
24386 But sometimes you want to index more pages under the same entry.
24387 E.g if we want to index the paragraph environments, we create an index entry
24388 in section\InsetSpace ~
24390 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24392 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
24399 \begin_layout Standard
24402 Paragraph environments|(
24405 \begin_layout Standard
24406 and another entry at the end of section\InsetSpace ~
24408 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24410 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
24417 \begin_layout Standard
24420 Paragraph environments|)
24423 \begin_layout Standard
24425 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24433 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24437 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24445 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24448 respectively starts and ends the index range.
24449 You can also add the same index entry at different places in the document.
24450 They appear in the output under one entry with a comma separated list of
24451 the pages of the indexed document parts.
24452 An example is the index entry
24453 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24456 Document ! Settings
24457 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24463 \begin_layout Subsection
24468 \begin_layout Standard
24469 Index ! Cross referencing
24477 \begin_layout Standard
24478 It is also possible to refer to another index entry.
24479 We referred for example in the index entry
24480 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24484 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24487 (in section\InsetSpace ~
24489 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24491 reference "sub:Image-Formats"
24495 ) to the index entry
24496 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24500 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24503 in the same section using the command
24506 \begin_layout Standard
24509 GIF|see{Image formats}
24512 \begin_layout Standard
24513 The text within the braces is the referenced entry.
24514 The reference will appear in the output without a page number.
24517 \begin_layout Subsection
24522 \begin_layout Standard
24523 Index ! Entry order
24531 \begin_layout Standard
24532 You can use accented characters in the index entry, but the entries might
24533 then not follow the rules for the index order.
24534 The index entries are sorted alphabetically, but LaTeX
24538 \begin_layout Standard
24539 The index generating is done in the background by an extra program, see
24540 section\InsetSpace ~
24542 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24544 reference "sub:Index-Program"
24553 doesn't know how to sort accents in different languages.
24554 We created as example the three dummy index entries
24555 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24559 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24563 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24567 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24571 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24575 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24582 \begin_layout Standard
24583 Dummy entries ! maïs
24592 \begin_layout Standard
24593 Dummy entries ! maître
24602 \begin_layout Standard
24603 Dummy entries ! maïs@maison
24608 They will be sorted in the order maïs, maître, maison, but we want the
24609 order maïs, maison, maître.
24610 To achieve this, we use the command
24613 \begin_layout Standard
24616 previous entry@current entry
24619 \begin_layout Standard
24620 In our case we want to have
24621 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24625 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24629 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24633 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24636 and write therefore for the index entry of maison:
24639 \begin_layout Standard
24645 \begin_layout Standard
24646 The previous entry needn't to be a real existing entry, you can also use
24647 another word to tell LaTeX the entry order, see the next subsection for
24651 \begin_layout Subsection
24656 \begin_layout Standard
24657 Index ! Entry layout
24665 \begin_layout Standard
24666 You can insert entries together with LaTeX-commands for the layout.
24667 If you need for example an italic entry, you can write
24670 \begin_layout Standard
24675 textit{This is an italic entry}
24678 \begin_layout Standard
24685 produces the italic layout.
24689 \begin_layout Standard
24690 Dummy entries ! This@
24694 \begin_layout Standard
24702 \begin_layout Standard
24713 \begin_layout Standard
24729 \begin_layout Standard
24736 This is an italic entry
24740 \begin_layout Standard
24752 We refer to LaTeX books (
24753 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
24755 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
24759 ) for an overview of layout commands.
24760 There is only the problem, that layout commands destroy the sorting order.
24761 To avoid that our index entry appears as the first one, we use the following
24765 \begin_layout Standard
24770 textit{This is an italic entry}
24773 \begin_layout Standard
24774 You can also format the page number using the character
24775 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24779 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24782 followed by a LaTeX-command without a backslash.
24783 We can write for example
24786 \begin_layout Standard
24789 old-style page number:|oldstylenums
24792 \begin_layout Standard
24793 to get the page number in an old-style layout.
24797 \begin_layout Standard
24798 Dummy entries ! old-style page number:|oldstylenums
24803 Normally all LaTeX-commands begin with a backslash, but in this special
24805 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24813 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24820 command{page\InsetSpace ~
24824 Have a look at section\InsetSpace ~
24826 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24828 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
24832 to learn more about the LaTeX-syntax.
24835 \begin_layout Standard
24836 You can also change the layout for the whole index.
24838 we marked the index list box of this document as bold to get a bold font
24839 for all index entries.
24842 \begin_layout Subsection
24847 \begin_layout Standard
24854 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24856 name "sub:Index-Program"
24863 \begin_layout Standard
24864 LyX uses for the index generation by default the program
24869 It can be controlled by options that can be set in LyX's preferences dialog,
24870 see section\InsetSpace ~
24872 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24874 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
24879 The available options are listed and explained in
24880 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
24889 \begin_layout Standard
24890 You can also specify there another program to generate the index, for example
24898 \begin_layout Section
24899 Nomenclature / Glossary
24903 \begin_layout Standard
24913 \begin_layout Standard
24918 \begin_layout Standard
24929 \begin_layout Standard
24942 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24944 name "sec:Nomenclature"
24951 \begin_layout Standard
24952 Sometimes you need to compile a list of symbols that are mentioned in your
24953 document with a brief explanation of them -- a so called nomenclature or
24957 \begin_layout Standard
24958 To be able to create nomenclatures, you need the LaTeX package
24964 \begin_layout Standard
24965 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
24973 You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
24974 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
24980 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
24983 \begin_layout Standard
24984 A nomenclature entry is created if you place the cursor after a symbol entry
24985 and then use the menu
24987 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24992 omenclature\InsetSpace ~
24995 or the toobar button
24996 \begin_inset Graphics
24997 filename ../images/nomencl-insert.png
25000 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
25006 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25014 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25017 is inserted and a window pops up asking for the nomenclature entry.
25020 \begin_layout Standard
25021 A nomenclature entry consists of two main entries.
25022 The first is the symbol that you want to refer to.
25023 The second is the description of the symbol.
25026 \begin_layout Standard
25027 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
25030 \begin_layout Standard
25035 Like for the index entry dialog, you have to enter valid LaTeX-code for
25036 all fields of the nomenclature dialog.
25044 \begin_layout Subsection
25045 Nomenclature Definition and Layout
25049 \begin_layout Standard
25050 Nomenclature ! Layout
25058 \begin_layout Standard
25059 When you have symbols in formulas, you have to define them in the
25063 field as LaTeX-formula.
25065 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25069 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
25073 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25087 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25091 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25094 character hereby starts/ends the formula.
25095 The LaTeX-command for the Greek letter is the name of the letter beginning
25097 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25103 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25107 For capital Greek letters, start the command also with a capital letter,
25117 \begin_layout Standard
25118 (A short introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section\InsetSpace ~
25120 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25122 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
25129 \begin_layout Standard
25135 dialog to format the description text but have to use LaTeX-commands.
25136 For example the description of the nomenclature entry for the
25137 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25141 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
25145 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25148 in this document is:
25152 dummy entry for the character
25174 font use the command
25203 \begin_layout Subsection
25204 Sort Order of Nomenclature Entries
25208 \begin_layout Standard
25209 Nomenclature ! Sort order
25217 \begin_layout Standard
25218 The nomenclature entries are sorted alphabetically by the LaTeX-code of
25219 the symbol definition.
25220 This leads to undesired results when you for example have symbols in formulas.
25221 Suppose you have nomenclature entries for the symbols
25224 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
25225 LatexCommand nomenclature
25227 description "dummy entry for the character \"a\""
25234 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
25238 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
25239 LatexCommand nomenclature
25242 description "dummy entry for the character \\textsf{sigma}"
25247 They will be sorted by
25248 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25256 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25260 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25270 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25274 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
25277 will be sorted before the
25281 since the character
25282 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25286 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25289 is considered in sorting.
25292 \begin_layout Standard
25293 To control the sort order, you can edit the
25298 field of the nomenclature dialog.
25299 Then the nomenclature entry will be sorted by this entry and not the symbol
25301 For the given example, you can insert
25305 to this field for the
25306 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
25313 will be located before
25314 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
25320 \begin_layout Standard
25321 For subgrouping and tips for using sort entries see the
25326 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25335 \begin_layout Subsection
25336 Nomenclature Options
25340 \begin_layout Standard
25341 Nomenclature ! Options
25349 \begin_layout Standard
25354 package offers some options to adjust the appearance of the nomenclature.
25355 Here are some of its options, for more have a look at its documentation:
25358 \begin_layout Description
25359 refeq Appends the phrase
25360 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25372 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25375 to every nomenclature entry, where
25381 is the number of the last equation in front of the nomenclature entry
25384 \begin_layout Description
25385 refpage Appends the phrase
25386 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25398 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25401 to every nomenclature entry, where
25407 is the number of the page on which the nomenclature entry appeared
25410 \begin_layout Description
25411 intoc Inserts the nomenclature in the Table of Contents
25414 \begin_layout Standard
25415 There are furthermore the options
25459 to print the reference texts and the nomenclature title in the corresponding
25463 \begin_layout Standard
25464 To use one or more of the options, add them to the comma-separated document
25465 class options list in the
25467 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25471 In this document the options
25482 \begin_layout Standard
25483 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
25489 \begin_layout Standard
25490 You can also use the first two options above only for certain nomenclature
25491 entries when you add one of the following commands as last entry to the
25496 field in the nomenclature dialog:
25499 \begin_layout Description
25509 \begin_layout Description
25512 nomrefpage Like the
25519 \begin_layout Description
25522 nomrefeqpage Short notation of
25531 \begin_layout Description
25534 nomnorefeq,\InsetSpace ~
25537 nomnorefpage,\InsetSpace ~
25540 nomnorefeqpage Turns off the corresponding options
25543 \begin_layout Subsection
25544 Printing the Nomenclature
25548 \begin_layout Standard
25549 Nomenclature ! Printing
25557 \begin_layout Standard
25558 To print the nomenclature, use the menu
25560 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25563 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25567 A light blue box labeled
25568 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25576 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25579 will show the place where the nomenclature is printed in the output.
25580 Like the index list box, the nomenclature list box is not clickable.
25583 \begin_layout Standard
25584 In the printed output the title of the nomenclature appears as
25585 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25589 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25593 If you are not happy with the name, you can change it by redefining the
25601 For example, in order to change the name to
25605 , add the following line to the preamble:
25608 \begin_layout Standard
25616 nomname}{List of Symbols}
25619 \begin_layout Standard
25620 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
25626 \begin_layout Standard
25627 If you are unhappy with the amount of space for symbols, you can alter it
25628 by adding the following line to the preamble:
25631 \begin_layout Standard
25639 nomlabelwidth}{width}
25642 \begin_layout Standard
25645 Where the width is a value with one of the units listed in Appendix\InsetSpace ~
25647 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25649 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
25654 The default value is 1\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
25658 \begin_layout Section
25663 \begin_layout Standard
25673 \begin_layout Standard
25674 Document ! Branches
25680 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25682 name "sec:Branches"
25689 \begin_layout Standard
25690 Sometimes it is useful to hide some document parts in the output.
25691 For example a teacher who is setting an exam obviously doesn't want the
25692 pupils to see the answers, but having questions and answers in the same
25693 document will make the life of the markers of that exam much easier.
25696 \begin_layout Standard
25697 For these cases LyX offers to put text into branches.
25698 The text will then only appear in the output when its branch is activated.
25699 To create a branch, go in the
25701 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25709 The name of the branch, its activation state and the background color of
25710 the branches inside LyX can be specified in this dialog.
25713 \begin_layout Standard
25714 Text that should be in a branch is set into branch inset boxes.
25715 These boxes are inserted via the menu
25717 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25720 where you can choose a branch.
25721 You can later change the branch of the boxes by right-clicking on them.
25724 \begin_layout Standard
25725 Here is an example, where only the question text appears, the answer branch
25726 is deactivated and does therefore not appear in the output:
25729 \begin_layout Standard
25730 \begin_inset Branch Question
25733 \begin_layout Standard
25734 Question: Who was the first physics Nobel prize winner?
25742 \begin_layout Standard
25743 \begin_inset Branch Answer
25746 \begin_layout Standard
25747 Answer: Wilhelm Conrad Röntgen
25755 \begin_layout Standard
25756 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
25762 \begin_layout Standard
25763 To use conditional output inside places where you cannot insert branch insets,
25764 like inside equations, you can code special LaTeX definitions for each
25766 For example you can define for the question branch
25770 \begin_layout Standard
25771 For an introduction to the LaTeX-syntax, see section\InsetSpace ~
25773 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25775 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
25787 \begin_layout Standard
25797 \begin_layout Standard
25807 \begin_layout Standard
25808 and for the answer branch
25811 \begin_layout Standard
25821 \begin_layout Standard
25831 \begin_layout Standard
25832 \begin_inset Branch Question
25835 \begin_layout Standard
25839 \begin_layout Standard
25848 \begin_layout Standard
25867 \begin_layout Standard
25868 \begin_inset Branch Answer
25871 \begin_layout Standard
25875 \begin_layout Standard
25884 \begin_layout Standard
25903 \begin_layout Standard
25904 Now it is possible to use the commands
25908 question{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
25915 answer{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
25918 to obtain conditional output.
25919 Here is an example formula where only the
25926 \begin_inset Formula \[
25927 x^{2}-2x-2\Rightarrow\question {x_{1}}\answer {x_{2}}=1\question {+\sqrt{3}}\answer {-\sqrt{3}}.\]
25934 \begin_layout Standard
25935 Inside math, the same effect can be achieved using math macros, see section\InsetSpace ~
25937 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25939 reference "sec:math-macros"
25946 \begin_layout Section
25947 ERT and the LaTeX Syntax
25948 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25957 \begin_layout Subsection
25962 \begin_layout Standard
25969 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25971 name "sub:ERT-Boxes"
25978 \begin_layout Standard
25979 As LyX uses LaTeX in the background, it supports many LaTeX commands and
25980 constructs, but not all.
25981 LaTeX contains of hundreds of packages which provide different commands.
25982 Every month many packages are updated and new ones added.
25983 This has the advantage that you can typeset nearly everything, for every
25984 problem exists a LaTeX-package.
25985 But LyX can of course not be up to date and support all these packages
25986 and their commands.
25989 \begin_layout Standard
25990 But don't worry, you can use any LaTeX-command directly in LyX inside the
25993 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25997 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26000 , evil because LyX is designed to avoid that you have to use LaTeX-commands.
26001 An ERT box is created by the menu
26003 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26006 or by the toolbar button
26007 \begin_inset Graphics
26008 filename ../images/ert-insert.png
26015 The box itself can be displayed in three different styles:
26028 To change the style, right-click on the box and use the appearing dialog.
26029 Left-clicking on the box will switch between
26040 \begin_layout Standard
26041 You can insert complete or incomplete commands into ERT.
26042 Incomplete means that the command argument can be Standard LyX text.
26043 For example you want to draw a frame around a word and uses therefore the
26050 , you can write the command part
26056 in an ERT box before the word and the closing brace
26060 in a second ERT box behind the word.
26061 The word between the two ERT boxes is then the argument as it is in the
26065 \begin_layout Standard
26066 \begin_inset Graphics
26067 filename clipart/ERT.png
26077 \begin_layout Standard
26081 \begin_layout Standard
26082 This is a line with a
26086 \begin_layout Standard
26099 \begin_layout Standard
26109 \begin_layout Standard
26110 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
26113 \begin_layout Standard
26118 At the end of LaTeX-commands without parameters, you have to insert a space
26119 to let LaTeX know that the command is finished.
26127 \begin_layout Subsection
26128 Short Introduction to the LaTeX Syntax
26129 \begin_inset OptArg
26132 \begin_layout Standard
26142 \begin_layout Standard
26149 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26151 name "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
26158 \begin_layout Standard
26159 When you write larger documents or books, you will need to know something
26160 about the LaTeX-commands that LyX uses in the background.
26161 Because LaTeX is based on commands, you can
26162 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26166 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26170 This has the advantage that the layout of the document can be changed at
26171 every time if you know the right commands.
26173 imagine you have to write a manual for a product and the deadline is at
26174 the end of the day.
26175 Your boss just has complimented you for your good work but wants to have
26176 all caption labels bold.
26177 But you have over hundred figure and table captions with non-bold labels
26179 Of course it's impossible to change all caption labels by hand in one day.
26182 \begin_layout Standard
26183 Now LaTeX comes into play.
26184 As written above, for every problem exists a LaTeX-package.
26185 First you have to find out which and therefore look in the LaTeX package
26187 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26196 \begin_layout Standard
26197 As result you know that the package
26205 \begin_layout Standard
26206 LaTeX-packages ! caption
26212 To use a package, you have to load it in the document preamble (menu
26214 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26220 \begin_layout Standard
26225 usepackage[options]{package name}
26228 \begin_layout Standard
26229 All LaTeX commands begin with a backslash, the command argument is set within
26230 two braces, and the options are set within two brackets.
26231 Note that not all commands have an argument and options.
26234 \begin_layout Standard
26235 In your case the package name is
26240 After a look in the documentation of the package, you know that the option
26245 will change the font of all caption labels to bold.
26246 So you add the command
26249 \begin_layout Standard
26254 usepackage[labelfont=bf]{caption}
26257 \begin_layout Standard
26258 to the preamble and the problem is solved.
26262 \begin_layout Standard
26263 For more commands provided by the
26267 package, have a look at its documentation,
26268 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26282 \begin_layout Standard
26283 Note that some document classes have built-in solutions for well known problems
26285 For example if you use a
26289 class, you don't need the package
26293 , you can instead write
26296 \begin_layout Standard
26301 setkomafont{captionlabel}{
26306 \begin_layout Standard
26307 in the preamble and the problem is solved.
26308 So if you plan to write a large document, you should have a look at the
26309 documentation of the document class you want to use.
26316 is an example for a command with more than one argument.)
26319 \begin_layout Standard
26320 Commands in the preamble affects the whole document, while commands in the
26321 text affects only the text after the command or only the text used as command
26323 To insert a LaTeX-command in text, use the ERT box as described in the
26327 \begin_layout Standard
26328 If you want to learn more about LaTeX and its syntax, have a look at the
26330 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26332 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
26340 \begin_layout Section
26341 Previewing Snippets of your Document
26345 \begin_layout Standard
26352 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26354 name "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
26362 \begin_layout Standard
26371 \begin_layout Standard
26372 LyX allows you to generate previews of sections of your document on the
26373 fly so you can see how they'll look in the final document without having
26374 to break your train of thought with
26376 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26382 \begin_layout Standard
26383 If you would for example like to see in LyX your math formulas typeset by
26384 LaTeX, install the LaTeX-package
26390 \begin_layout Standard
26391 LaTeX-packages ! preview-latex
26398 as explained below, and turn on
26400 Instant\InsetSpace ~
26405 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26412 feel\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26418 \begin_layout Standard
26419 Previews are generated when you load a document into LyX and when you finish
26421 Previews of an already loaded document are
26425 generated just by selecting the
26427 Instant\InsetSpace ~
26430 check box, you have to reopen the documents to activate the previews.
26433 \begin_layout Standard
26434 LyX will generate previews of math insets.
26435 It will also generate previews of included insets if you select the
26440 check box in the insert dialog.
26441 This is useful if you wish to generate a preview of a LaTeX figure, for
26445 \begin_layout Standard
26446 To get previews working, you need the LaTeX package
26450 (on some systems named simply
26455 In case it is not already installed, you find it in the TeX Catalogue,
26457 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26463 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
26464 You obtain prettier results if you install the program
26472 package; for LyX on Windows this program is automatically installed together
26476 \begin_layout Standard
26477 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
26483 \begin_layout Standard
26484 You can furthermore preview the LaTeX source of the whole document or parts
26488 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26492 and a window will be shown where you can see the LaTeX-source code.
26493 The window shows the source of the whole paragraph where the cursor is
26495 You can also select document parts in LyX's main window, then only this
26496 selection (when it is more than one paragraph) is shown as source code.
26497 To view the whole document as source, enable the corresponding option in
26498 the source view window.
26501 \begin_layout Section
26503 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26505 name "sec:Spellchecking"
26513 \begin_layout Standard
26522 \begin_layout Standard
26523 LyX itself has no built-in spell checker.
26524 Rather it uses one of the external programs
26541 This section assumes you have already installed and set up one of these
26547 can be seen as successor of
26551 , so that it is recommended to use aspell.
26556 is a Hebrew spell-checker.
26557 The used spell checker ind its settings are specified in LyX's preferences
26565 \begin_layout Standard
26566 For LyX on Windows, the selection box for the spell checking program is
26567 greyed out in the preferences dialog because only
26574 \begin_layout Standard
26577 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26580 starts the spell checking beginning from the current cursor position.
26581 A dialog window will appear showing any incorrect (or unknown) word found,
26582 allowing you to edit and replace it in a second line.
26583 Whenever an unknown word is found, the word is highlighted and the text
26584 scrolled so that it is visible.
26589 dialog, there is also a box showing suggestions for a correction, if any
26591 Clicking on one of the corrections will copy to the
26595 field, double-click invokes directly the replacement.
26596 Unknown but correctly typed words can be added to the personal dictionary.
26599 \begin_layout Standard
26600 By default, the used dictionary file is determined by the document language
26603 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26607 If you do not have a dictionary for the document language, spell checking
26608 will bring an error message.
26609 In this case, you can specify another dictionary file in the dialog by
26610 specifying a different
26612 Alternative language
26614 in preferences dialog.
26617 \begin_layout Standard
26618 After a spell check you'll informed about the number of checked words.
26621 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
26625 \begin_layout Standard
26626 It is not possible to change the spelling of a particular word globally,
26627 rather than having to change the spelling separately for each occurrence
26629 But you can use the
26638 \begin_layout Standard
26639 LyX cannot correctly spell check documents containing multiple languages.
26640 This does work with
26644 , assuming you have marked the different languages appropriately.
26647 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
26651 \begin_layout Standard
26656 section in the preferences dialog has some additional options:
26659 \begin_layout Description
26660 Escape\InsetSpace ~
26661 characters Allows you to add non-standard characters that the spell
26662 checker should consider, e.g.
26663 German umlauts although you spell check English document.
26664 This should not normally be needed.
26667 \begin_layout Description
26668 Personal\InsetSpace ~
26669 dictionary to use a different file than the spell checker's default
26670 choice as your personal dictionary
26673 \begin_layout Description
26674 Accept\InsetSpace ~
26675 compound\InsetSpace ~
26676 words Prevent the spell checker from complaining about compounded
26678 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26682 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26688 \begin_layout Description
26691 encoding Uses the document encoding that is set in the
26693 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26700 also for the spellchecker.
26704 \begin_layout Standard
26705 The encodings are explained in section\InsetSpace ~
26707 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26709 reference "sub:Settings"
26718 Only enable this if you use
26722 and can't spell check words with international letters in them.
26723 There have been reports that this does not work with all dictionaries,
26724 so this is disabled by default.
26727 \begin_layout Section
26732 \begin_layout Standard
26739 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26741 name "sec:Thesaurus"
26748 \begin_layout Standard
26749 Thesaurus currently only works when you use the document language English.
26752 \begin_layout Standard
26753 To start the thesaurus, highlight one word or set the cursor behind it,
26756 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26759 or the toolbar button
26760 \begin_inset Graphics
26761 filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.png
26764 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
26765 rotateOrigin center
26770 A dialog pops up showing you probably related words that you can use as
26774 \begin_layout Standard
26775 The shown related words are in many cases not really related to the word
26776 you are currently checking, scrolling in the shown list might help in some
26777 cases to find related words.
26780 \begin_layout Standard
26781 The thesaurus only works for single words, and also only when it is in the
26783 For example starting the thesaurus with the word
26784 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26788 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26791 leads to no results, while results are shown for the word
26792 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26796 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26800 To avoid this, you can highlight only the part
26801 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26805 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26809 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26813 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26819 \begin_layout Section
26824 \begin_layout Standard
26834 \begin_layout Standard
26835 Document ! Change Tracking
26841 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26843 name "sec:Change-Tracking"
26850 \begin_layout Standard
26851 When you work on a document together with many people it is extremely useful
26852 to see changes others made highlighted in the document.
26853 You can then decide if you accept a change or not.
26854 This can be achieved by turning on change tracking in the menu
26856 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26857 Change\InsetSpace ~
26858 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26865 \begin_layout Standard
26866 Changes made in the document will then be highlighted by colors:
26875 You can change the color in LyX's preferences dialog under
26889 \begin_layout Standard
26898 \begin_layout Standard
26899 When change tracking is activated, you will see the review toolbar in LyX:
26903 \begin_layout Standard
26912 \begin_layout Standard
26913 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
26919 \begin_layout Standard
26920 \begin_inset Graphics
26921 filename clipart/ChangesToolbar.png
26930 \begin_layout Standard
26931 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
26937 \begin_layout Standard
26938 The review toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
26942 \begin_layout Standard
26943 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
26949 \begin_layout Standard
26950 \begin_inset Tabular
26951 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="10" columns="2">
26952 <features islongtable="true">
26953 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
26954 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
26955 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
26956 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26959 \begin_layout Standard
26960 \begin_inset Graphics
26961 filename ../images/changes-track.png
26964 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
26965 rotateOrigin center
26974 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26977 \begin_layout Standard
26980 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26981 Change\InsetSpace ~
26982 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26990 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
26991 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26994 \begin_layout Standard
26995 \begin_inset Graphics
26996 filename ../images/changes-output.png
26999 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
27000 rotateOrigin center
27009 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27012 \begin_layout Standard
27015 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27016 Change\InsetSpace ~
27017 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27019 Changes\InsetSpace ~
27027 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
27028 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27031 \begin_layout Standard
27032 \begin_inset Graphics
27033 filename ../images/change-next.png
27036 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
27037 rotateOrigin center
27046 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27049 \begin_layout Standard
27050 Jumps to the next change
27056 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
27057 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27060 \begin_layout Standard
27061 \begin_inset Graphics
27062 filename ../images/change-accept.png
27065 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
27066 rotateOrigin center
27075 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27078 \begin_layout Standard
27081 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27082 Change\InsetSpace ~
27083 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27084 Accept\InsetSpace ~
27091 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
27092 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27095 \begin_layout Standard
27096 \begin_inset Graphics
27097 filename ../images/change-reject.png
27100 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
27101 rotateOrigin center
27110 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27113 \begin_layout Standard
27116 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27117 Change\InsetSpace ~
27118 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27119 Reject\InsetSpace ~
27126 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
27127 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27130 \begin_layout Standard
27131 \begin_inset Graphics
27132 filename ../images/changes-merge.png
27135 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
27136 rotateOrigin center
27145 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27148 \begin_layout Standard
27151 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27152 Change\InsetSpace ~
27153 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27161 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
27162 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27165 \begin_layout Standard
27166 \begin_inset Graphics
27167 filename ../images/all-changes-accept.png
27170 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
27171 rotateOrigin center
27180 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27183 \begin_layout Standard
27186 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27187 Change\InsetSpace ~
27188 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27189 Accept\InsetSpace ~
27197 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
27198 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27201 \begin_layout Standard
27202 \begin_inset Graphics
27203 filename ../images/all-changes-reject.png
27206 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
27207 rotateOrigin center
27216 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27219 \begin_layout Standard
27222 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27223 Change\InsetSpace ~
27224 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27225 Reject\InsetSpace ~
27233 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
27234 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27237 \begin_layout Standard
27238 \begin_inset Graphics
27239 filename ../images/note-insert.png
27242 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
27243 rotateOrigin center
27252 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27255 \begin_layout Standard
27258 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27259 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27267 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
27268 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27271 \begin_layout Standard
27272 \begin_inset Graphics
27273 filename ../images/note-next.png
27276 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
27277 rotateOrigin center
27286 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27289 \begin_layout Standard
27292 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27307 \begin_layout Standard
27308 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
27314 \begin_layout Standard
27315 The review toolbar helps you to accept, reject, or merge changes -- highlight
27316 the change and press one of the desired toolbar buttons.
27317 When you merge changes, a window pops up showing you informations about
27318 the next change behind the current cursor position.
27319 So you don't need to highlight a certain change.
27320 Within the merge window you can decide to accept or reject changes and
27321 step to the next change.
27322 This way you can jump through all changes of the document.
27325 \begin_layout Standard
27326 The toolbar has two buttons to handle notes because notes are often important
27327 to describe a change.
27330 \begin_layout Standard
27331 To show made changes in the output you need the LaTeX package
27337 \begin_layout Standard
27338 LaTeX-packages ! dvipost
27346 You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
27347 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27353 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
27356 \begin_layout Section
27357 International Support
27361 \begin_layout Standard
27362 International support
27370 \begin_layout Standard
27371 This section describes how to use LyX with any language you want.
27372 For some non-western languages there are special Wiki-pages that explain
27373 how to set up LyX to use them:
27374 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27376 key "Arabic,Armenian,Farsi,Hebrew"
27383 \begin_layout Standard
27384 Besides languages, LyX also supports phonetic symbols, see section\InsetSpace ~
27386 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27388 reference "sub:Special-Character"
27395 \begin_layout Subsection
27400 \begin_layout Standard
27410 \begin_layout Standard
27411 Document ! Settings
27420 \begin_layout Standard
27421 Document ! Language
27429 \begin_layout Standard
27432 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27435 dialog lets you set
27437 the language and character encoding for your language.
27441 \begin_layout Standard
27442 Choose your language in the
27446 section of this dialog.
27454 \begin_layout Standard
27459 box lets you choose the character encoding map you want to use for LaTeX
27463 use language's default encoding
27465 is the preferred choice and works well in most cases.
27466 For details abhout the different encoding options see section\InsetSpace ~
27468 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27470 reference "sub:Settings"
27477 \begin_layout Subsection
27478 Keyboard mapping configuration
27481 \begin_layout Standard
27482 If you have for example a U.S.-style keyboard and want to write in a different
27483 language than English, you can use an alternate keymap.
27484 For example, if you have a U.S.-style keyboard but want to write in Italian,
27485 you can configure LyX to use an Italian keymap.
27486 The preferences dialog allows you to choose up to two keyboard mappings,
27487 see section\InsetSpace ~
27489 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27491 reference "sub:Keyboard-Map"
27496 You can choose primary and secondary keyboard languages and then select
27497 which one you want to use.
27500 \begin_layout Standard
27501 Finally, you may just want to change a few key mappings or create an entirely
27502 different keymap (for Vulcan, for instance).
27503 You may, for example, normally write in Italian on a U.S.
27504 keyboard but want to include an occasional quotation in German.
27505 In such a case, you can write your own keyboard mapping or modify an existing
27506 one to support the characters you want.
27507 This and much more customizations are explained in the
27514 \begin_layout Subsection
27516 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27525 \begin_layout Standard
27528 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27530 reference "cap:The-latin1-character"
27539 You should be able to enter the characters in the first eight columns directly
27543 \begin_layout Standard
27544 There are a few things you need to know about this table.
27545 Here are some of the details you'll need to bear in mind when using characters
27553 \begin_layout Itemize
27554 Even if you have selected
27560 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27563 dialog, users who have only the
27567 -fonts for LaTeX [or who have the
27571 -fonts but aren't using them] will still miss a few characters: D0, F0,
27572 DE, FE, AB, and BB -- the uppercase and lowercase eth and thorn, and the
27573 french quotes won't show up.
27576 \begin_layout Standard
27577 \begin_inset Float table
27582 \begin_layout Standard
27583 \begin_inset Caption
27585 \begin_layout Standard
27586 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27588 name "cap:The-latin1-character"
27604 \begin_layout Standard
27606 \begin_inset Tabular
27607 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="17" columns="17">
27609 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
27610 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
27611 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
27612 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
27613 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
27614 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
27615 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
27616 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
27617 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
27618 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
27619 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
27620 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
27621 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
27622 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
27623 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
27624 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
27625 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
27626 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
27627 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27630 \begin_layout Standard
27636 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27639 \begin_layout Standard
27654 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27657 \begin_layout Standard
27672 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27675 \begin_layout Standard
27690 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27693 \begin_layout Standard
27708 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27711 \begin_layout Standard
27726 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27729 \begin_layout Standard
27744 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27747 \begin_layout Standard
27762 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27765 \begin_layout Standard
27780 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27783 \begin_layout Standard
27798 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27801 \begin_layout Standard
27816 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27819 \begin_layout Standard
27834 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27837 \begin_layout Standard
27852 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27855 \begin_layout Standard
27870 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27873 \begin_layout Standard
27888 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27891 \begin_layout Standard
27906 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27909 \begin_layout Standard
27925 <row topline="true">
27926 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27929 \begin_layout Standard
27944 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27947 \begin_layout Standard
27953 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27956 \begin_layout Standard
27962 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27965 \begin_layout Standard
27971 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27974 \begin_layout Standard
27988 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27991 \begin_layout Standard
28005 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28008 \begin_layout Standard
28022 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28025 \begin_layout Standard
28039 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28042 \begin_layout Standard
28056 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28059 \begin_layout Standard
28065 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28068 \begin_layout Standard
28074 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28077 \begin_layout Standard
28083 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28086 \begin_layout Standard
28100 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28103 \begin_layout Standard
28117 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28120 \begin_layout Standard
28134 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28137 \begin_layout Standard
28151 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
28154 \begin_layout Standard
28169 <row topline="true">
28170 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
28173 \begin_layout Standard
28188 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28191 \begin_layout Standard
28197 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28200 \begin_layout Standard
28206 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28209 \begin_layout Standard
28223 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28226 \begin_layout Standard
28240 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28243 \begin_layout Standard
28257 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28260 \begin_layout Standard
28274 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28277 \begin_layout Standard
28291 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28294 \begin_layout Standard
28308 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28311 \begin_layout Standard
28317 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28320 \begin_layout Standard
28326 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28329 \begin_layout Standard
28343 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28346 \begin_layout Standard
28360 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28363 \begin_layout Standard
28377 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28380 \begin_layout Standard
28394 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28397 \begin_layout Standard
28411 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
28414 \begin_layout Standard
28429 <row topline="true">
28430 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
28433 \begin_layout Standard
28448 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28451 \begin_layout Standard
28457 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28460 \begin_layout Standard
28466 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28469 \begin_layout Standard
28478 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28486 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28489 \begin_layout Standard
28503 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28506 \begin_layout Standard
28520 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28523 \begin_layout Standard
28537 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28540 \begin_layout Standard
28554 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28557 \begin_layout Standard
28571 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28574 \begin_layout Standard
28580 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28583 \begin_layout Standard
28589 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28592 \begin_layout Standard
28598 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28601 \begin_layout Standard
28615 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28618 \begin_layout Standard
28632 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28635 \begin_layout Standard
28649 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28652 \begin_layout Standard
28666 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
28669 \begin_layout Standard
28684 <row topline="true">
28685 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
28688 \begin_layout Standard
28703 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28706 \begin_layout Standard
28712 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28715 \begin_layout Standard
28721 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28724 \begin_layout Standard
28738 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28741 \begin_layout Standard
28755 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28758 \begin_layout Standard
28772 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28775 \begin_layout Standard
28789 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28792 \begin_layout Standard
28806 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28809 \begin_layout Standard
28823 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28826 \begin_layout Standard
28832 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28835 \begin_layout Standard
28841 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28844 \begin_layout Standard
28858 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28861 \begin_layout Standard
28875 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28878 \begin_layout Standard
28892 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28895 \begin_layout Standard
28909 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28912 \begin_layout Standard
28926 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
28929 \begin_layout Standard
28944 <row topline="true">
28945 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
28948 \begin_layout Standard
28963 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28966 \begin_layout Standard
28972 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28975 \begin_layout Standard
28981 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28984 \begin_layout Standard
28998 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29001 \begin_layout Standard
29015 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29018 \begin_layout Standard
29032 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29035 \begin_layout Standard
29049 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29052 \begin_layout Standard
29066 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29069 \begin_layout Standard
29083 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29086 \begin_layout Standard
29092 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29095 \begin_layout Standard
29101 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29104 \begin_layout Standard
29110 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29113 \begin_layout Standard
29127 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29130 \begin_layout Standard
29144 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29147 \begin_layout Standard
29161 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29164 \begin_layout Standard
29178 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29181 \begin_layout Standard
29196 <row topline="true">
29197 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29200 \begin_layout Standard
29215 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29218 \begin_layout Standard
29224 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29227 \begin_layout Standard
29233 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29236 \begin_layout Standard
29250 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29253 \begin_layout Standard
29267 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29270 \begin_layout Standard
29284 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29287 \begin_layout Standard
29301 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29304 \begin_layout Standard
29318 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29321 \begin_layout Standard
29335 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29338 \begin_layout Standard
29344 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29347 \begin_layout Standard
29353 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29356 \begin_layout Standard
29362 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29365 \begin_layout Standard
29379 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29382 \begin_layout Standard
29396 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29399 \begin_layout Standard
29413 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29416 \begin_layout Standard
29430 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29433 \begin_layout Standard
29448 <row topline="true">
29449 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29452 \begin_layout Standard
29467 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29470 \begin_layout Standard
29476 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29479 \begin_layout Standard
29485 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29488 \begin_layout Standard
29502 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29505 \begin_layout Standard
29519 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29522 \begin_layout Standard
29536 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29539 \begin_layout Standard
29553 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29556 \begin_layout Standard
29570 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29573 \begin_layout Standard
29587 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29590 \begin_layout Standard
29596 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29599 \begin_layout Standard
29605 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29608 \begin_layout Standard
29614 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29617 \begin_layout Standard
29631 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29634 \begin_layout Standard
29648 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29651 \begin_layout Standard
29665 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29668 \begin_layout Standard
29682 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29685 \begin_layout Standard
29700 <row topline="true">
29701 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29704 \begin_layout Standard
29719 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29722 \begin_layout Standard
29728 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29731 \begin_layout Standard
29737 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29740 \begin_layout Standard
29754 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29757 \begin_layout Standard
29771 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29774 \begin_layout Standard
29788 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29791 \begin_layout Standard
29805 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29808 \begin_layout Standard
29822 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29825 \begin_layout Standard
29839 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29842 \begin_layout Standard
29848 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29851 \begin_layout Standard
29857 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29860 \begin_layout Standard
29874 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29877 \begin_layout Standard
29891 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29894 \begin_layout Standard
29908 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29911 \begin_layout Standard
29925 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29928 \begin_layout Standard
29942 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29945 \begin_layout Standard
29960 <row topline="true">
29961 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29964 \begin_layout Standard
29979 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29982 \begin_layout Standard
29988 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29991 \begin_layout Standard
29997 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30000 \begin_layout Standard
30014 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30017 \begin_layout Standard
30031 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30034 \begin_layout Standard
30048 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30051 \begin_layout Standard
30065 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30068 \begin_layout Standard
30082 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30085 \begin_layout Standard
30099 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30102 \begin_layout Standard
30108 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30111 \begin_layout Standard
30117 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30120 \begin_layout Standard
30134 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30137 \begin_layout Standard
30151 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30154 \begin_layout Standard
30168 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30171 \begin_layout Standard
30185 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30188 \begin_layout Standard
30202 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30205 \begin_layout Standard
30220 <row topline="true">
30221 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30224 \begin_layout Standard
30239 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30242 \begin_layout Standard
30248 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30251 \begin_layout Standard
30257 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30260 \begin_layout Standard
30274 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30277 \begin_layout Standard
30291 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30294 \begin_layout Standard
30308 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30311 \begin_layout Standard
30325 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30328 \begin_layout Standard
30342 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30345 \begin_layout Standard
30359 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30362 \begin_layout Standard
30368 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30371 \begin_layout Standard
30377 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30380 \begin_layout Standard
30394 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30397 \begin_layout Standard
30411 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30414 \begin_layout Standard
30428 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30431 \begin_layout Standard
30445 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30448 \begin_layout Standard
30462 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30465 \begin_layout Standard
30480 <row topline="true">
30481 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30484 \begin_layout Standard
30499 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30502 \begin_layout Standard
30508 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30511 \begin_layout Standard
30517 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30520 \begin_layout Standard
30534 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30537 \begin_layout Standard
30551 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30554 \begin_layout Standard
30568 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30571 \begin_layout Standard
30585 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30588 \begin_layout Standard
30602 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30605 \begin_layout Standard
30619 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30622 \begin_layout Standard
30628 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30631 \begin_layout Standard
30637 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30640 \begin_layout Standard
30654 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30657 \begin_layout Standard
30671 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30674 \begin_layout Standard
30688 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30691 \begin_layout Standard
30705 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30708 \begin_layout Standard
30722 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30725 \begin_layout Standard
30740 <row topline="true">
30741 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30744 \begin_layout Standard
30759 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30762 \begin_layout Standard
30768 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30771 \begin_layout Standard
30777 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30780 \begin_layout Standard
30794 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30797 \begin_layout Standard
30811 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30814 \begin_layout Standard
30828 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30831 \begin_layout Standard
30845 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30848 \begin_layout Standard
30862 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30865 \begin_layout Standard
30879 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30882 \begin_layout Standard
30888 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30891 \begin_layout Standard
30897 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30900 \begin_layout Standard
30914 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30917 \begin_layout Standard
30931 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30934 \begin_layout Standard
30948 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30951 \begin_layout Standard
30965 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30968 \begin_layout Standard
30982 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30985 \begin_layout Standard
31000 <row topline="true">
31001 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31004 \begin_layout Standard
31019 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31022 \begin_layout Standard
31028 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31031 \begin_layout Standard
31037 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31040 \begin_layout Standard
31054 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31057 \begin_layout Standard
31071 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31074 \begin_layout Standard
31088 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31091 \begin_layout Standard
31107 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31110 \begin_layout Standard
31124 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31127 \begin_layout Standard
31141 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31144 \begin_layout Standard
31150 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31153 \begin_layout Standard
31159 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31162 \begin_layout Standard
31176 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31179 \begin_layout Standard
31193 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31196 \begin_layout Standard
31210 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31213 \begin_layout Standard
31227 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31230 \begin_layout Standard
31244 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31247 \begin_layout Standard
31262 <row topline="true">
31263 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31266 \begin_layout Standard
31281 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31284 \begin_layout Standard
31290 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31293 \begin_layout Standard
31299 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31302 \begin_layout Standard
31316 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31319 \begin_layout Standard
31333 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31336 \begin_layout Standard
31350 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31353 \begin_layout Standard
31367 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31370 \begin_layout Standard
31384 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31387 \begin_layout Standard
31401 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31404 \begin_layout Standard
31410 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31413 \begin_layout Standard
31419 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31422 \begin_layout Standard
31428 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31431 \begin_layout Standard
31445 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31448 \begin_layout Standard
31462 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31465 \begin_layout Standard
31479 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31482 \begin_layout Standard
31496 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31499 \begin_layout Standard
31514 <row topline="true">
31515 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31518 \begin_layout Standard
31533 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31536 \begin_layout Standard
31542 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31545 \begin_layout Standard
31551 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31554 \begin_layout Standard
31568 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31571 \begin_layout Standard
31585 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31588 \begin_layout Standard
31602 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31605 \begin_layout Standard
31619 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31622 \begin_layout Standard
31636 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31639 \begin_layout Standard
31653 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31656 \begin_layout Standard
31662 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31665 \begin_layout Standard
31671 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31674 \begin_layout Standard
31688 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31691 \begin_layout Standard
31705 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31708 \begin_layout Standard
31722 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31725 \begin_layout Standard
31739 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31742 \begin_layout Standard
31756 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31759 \begin_layout Standard
31774 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
31775 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31778 \begin_layout Standard
31793 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31796 \begin_layout Standard
31802 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31805 \begin_layout Standard
31811 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31814 \begin_layout Standard
31828 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31831 \begin_layout Standard
31845 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31848 \begin_layout Standard
31862 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31865 \begin_layout Standard
31879 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31882 \begin_layout Standard
31896 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31899 \begin_layout Standard
31905 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31908 \begin_layout Standard
31914 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31917 \begin_layout Standard
31923 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31926 \begin_layout Standard
31940 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31943 \begin_layout Standard
31957 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31960 \begin_layout Standard
31974 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31977 \begin_layout Standard
31991 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31994 \begin_layout Standard
32008 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32011 \begin_layout Standard
32038 \begin_layout Standard
32039 The following is a full list of all of the accented characters LyX can display
32041 It includes not only the accented characters from the previous table, but
32042 also the characters from
32054 \begin_layout Itemize
32063 \begin_layout Standard
32064 ¨ Ä Ë Ï Ö Ü ä ë ï ö ü ÿ
32069 \begin_layout Standard
32070 ^ Â Ê Î Ô Û â ê î ô û
32075 \begin_layout Standard
32076 ` À È Ì Ò Ù à è ì ò ù
32081 \begin_layout Standard
32082 ´ Á É Í Ó Ú Ý á é í ó ú ý
32087 \begin_layout Standard
32093 \begin_layout Standard
32099 \begin_layout Standard
32106 \begin_layout Itemize
32119 \begin_layout Standard
32125 \begin_layout Standard
32131 \begin_layout Standard
32137 \begin_layout Standard
32143 \begin_layout Standard
32149 \begin_layout Standard
32156 \begin_layout Standard
32157 All the characters above are actively supported by TeX fonts.
32158 In addition TeX allows diacritical marks on almost all characters.
32159 Also make sure you're using the
32166 \begin_layout Chapter
32169 \begin_inset CommandInset label
32171 name "cha:The-User-Interface"
32178 \begin_layout Standard
32179 This appendix lists all available menus and describes its functionality.
32180 It is designed as quick reference if you are searching for a special topic
32181 inside the user's guide.
32184 \begin_layout Section
32189 \begin_layout Standard
32198 \begin_layout Standard
32203 menu are the basic operations in addition to some more advanced operations.
32204 At the end of the menu the four last opened documents are listed.
32207 \begin_layout Subsection
32211 \begin_layout Standard
32212 Creates a new document.
32215 \begin_layout Subsection
32219 \begin_layout Standard
32220 This menu prompts you for a template to use.
32221 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
32222 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
32225 \begin_layout Subsection
32229 \begin_layout Standard
32233 \begin_layout Subsection
32237 \begin_layout Standard
32238 The submenu shows a list of the recently opened files.
32239 Click there on a file to open it.
32242 \begin_layout Subsection
32246 \begin_layout Standard
32247 Closes the current document.
32250 \begin_layout Subsection
32254 \begin_layout Standard
32255 Saves the actual document.
32258 \begin_layout Subsection
32262 \begin_layout Standard
32263 Saves the actual document under a new name to create a copy.
32266 \begin_layout Subsection
32270 \begin_layout Standard
32271 Reloads the actual document from disk.
32274 \begin_layout Subsection
32278 \begin_layout Standard
32279 This is used when more people are working on the same document.
32280 It is described in the section
32282 Version Control in LyX
32286 Extended\InsetSpace ~
32292 \begin_layout Subsection
32296 \begin_layout Standard
32297 You can import there files from older LyX-versions, LaTeX-files and plain
32298 text files (ASCII-files).
32299 The files will be imported as new LyX-document.
32302 \begin_layout Standard
32303 When using the menu
32306 Text, Join\InsetSpace ~
32309 , all lines will be imported consecutively to one big paragraph.
32310 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
32311 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
32312 will start a new paragraph.
32315 \begin_layout Subsection
32317 \begin_inset CommandInset label
32326 \begin_layout Standard
32327 You can export your document to various file formats.
32328 The resulting files are placed in the directory of your LyX-file.
32329 The menu entries are not the same on all installations.
32330 They depend on the programs found by LyX while its configuration.
32333 \begin_layout Standard
32334 Here is a list of all available entries; they are explained in detail in
32335 section\InsetSpace ~
32337 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
32339 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
32346 \begin_layout Description
32352 format of the special LyX 1.4.x versions for Chinese, Japanese, and Korean
32353 (CJK); (Since LyX 1.5.0 CJK support is fully integrated to LyX.)
32356 \begin_layout Description
32364 \begin_layout Description
32365 HTML HTML-format (the HTML-converter is a third-party product and doesn't
32369 \begin_layout Description
32372 Word) HTML-format specialized so that the result can be imported
32377 , as consequence of this formulas will be embedded as bitmap fonts and not
32385 \begin_layout Description
32392 \begin_layout Standard
32402 text file with the LaTeX source, additionally all images used in the document
32403 will be converted to a format that is readable for the
32407 program (GIF, JPG, PDF, PNG)
32410 \begin_layout Description
32417 \begin_layout Standard
32427 text file with the LaTeX source code, additionally all images used in the
32428 document will be converted to the EPS-format, only this format is readable
32436 \begin_layout Description
32438 1.y.x LyX-document in a format readable for the LyX versions 1.y.x (
32439 \begin_inset Quotes eld
32443 \begin_inset Quotes erd
32446 is replaced by the version number)
32449 \begin_layout Description
32450 OpenDocument OpenDocument-formatted text file, to be opened with
32463 (the OpenDocument-converter is a third-party product and doesn't work in
32467 \begin_layout Description
32472 PDF-format using the program
32477 \begin_layout Description
32483 PDF-format using the program
32488 \begin_layout Description
32494 PDF-format using the program
32499 \begin_layout Description
32508 \begin_layout Description
32515 text format, the document will first be converted to Postscript format
32516 and then exported as text using the program
32521 \begin_layout Description
32526 PostScript format using the program
32531 \begin_layout Description
32539 \begin_layout Standard
32544 produces internally a dvi-file which is then converted to a pdf-file.
32545 It is a bit out of date and therefore the output could look different from
32551 produces directly pdf-files and supports the latest pdf-file formats.
32554 \begin_layout Standard
32555 If one of the menu entries
32568 is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
32569 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section\InsetSpace ~
32571 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
32573 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
32581 \begin_layout Standard
32582 Reconfiguration of LyX
32590 \begin_layout Standard
32595 allows you to export your file by using special command line options for
32596 the export program.
32599 \begin_layout Subsection
32603 \begin_layout Standard
32604 With this menu you can print your document to a file in PostScript format
32605 or send it to a printer.
32606 The printer will also use the document in PostScript format.
32607 The conversion to PostScript is done in the background by LyX using the
32613 For more informations have a look at section\InsetSpace ~
32615 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
32617 reference "sub:Printing-the-File"
32624 \begin_layout Subsection
32625 New and Close Window
32628 \begin_layout Standard
32629 Opens a new instance of LyX with all currently opened documents.
32630 You can close it later with the corresponding menu.
32633 \begin_layout Section
32638 \begin_layout Standard
32647 \begin_layout Subsection
32651 \begin_layout Standard
32652 Described in section\InsetSpace ~
32654 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
32656 reference "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
32663 \begin_layout Subsection
32664 Cut, Copy, Paste, Paste Recent, Paste Special
32667 \begin_layout Standard
32668 Described in section\InsetSpace ~
32670 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
32672 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
32679 \begin_layout Subsection
32683 \begin_layout Standard
32684 Selects the whole document.
32687 \begin_layout Subsection
32691 \begin_layout Standard
32692 Described in section\InsetSpace ~
32694 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
32696 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
32703 \begin_layout Subsection
32704 Move paragraph Up/Down
32707 \begin_layout Standard
32708 This shifts the paragraph where the cursor is currently in one paragraph
32712 \begin_layout Subsection
32716 \begin_layout Standard
32717 Described in section\InsetSpace ~
32719 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
32721 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
32728 \begin_layout Subsection
32733 \begin_layout Standard
32734 Paragraph ! Settings
32742 \begin_layout Standard
32743 The settings in the paragraph dialog only affects the paragraph where the
32745 Here you can set here the paragraph alignment and line spacing.
32748 \begin_layout Standard
32749 You can also prevent that the first line of the paragraph is indented.
32750 This option works only when you have chosen to separate paragraphs with
32753 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32764 \begin_layout Subsection
32768 \begin_layout Standard
32769 These two menus are only active when the cursor is inside a table or a formula.
32770 The properties of this table/formula can now be changed.
32771 The properties of tables are described in section\InsetSpace ~
32773 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
32775 reference "sec:Tables"
32779 , the properties of formulas in chapter\InsetSpace ~
32781 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
32783 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
32790 \begin_layout Subsection
32791 Increase / Decrease List Depth
32794 \begin_layout Standard
32795 These menus are only active when the cursor is in an environment that can
32797 They in/decrease the environment nesting level as explained in section\InsetSpace ~
32799 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
32801 reference "sec:Nesting"
32806 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
32808 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
32815 \begin_layout Section
32820 \begin_layout Standard
32829 \begin_layout Standard
32834 menu contains a list of available formats in which you can view the actual
32835 document with an external program.
32836 The menu entries for the viewing formats are not the same on all installations
32837 - it depends on the LaTeX programs that are found while LyX was configured.
32838 All possible formats are formats listed in section\InsetSpace ~
32840 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
32842 reference "sub:Export"
32847 You should at least see the menu entries
32857 If one of the two is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
32858 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section\InsetSpace ~
32860 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
32862 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
32870 \begin_layout Standard
32871 Reconfiguration of LyX
32879 \begin_layout Standard
32880 Invoking a menu will start a viewer program.
32881 The viewer can be set or changed in the preferences, see section\InsetSpace ~
32883 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
32885 reference "sec:File-Formats"
32890 The default viewers are set by LyX while it is first configured.
32893 \begin_layout Standard
32894 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
32897 At the bottom of the
32901 menu the opened documents are listed.
32904 \begin_layout Subsection
32908 \begin_layout Standard
32909 Opens a window showing the source code of the actual document, as described
32910 in section\InsetSpace ~
32912 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
32914 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
32921 \begin_layout Subsection
32925 \begin_layout Standard
32926 This menu allows you to update the view with your latest changes without
32927 opening a new view window.
32930 \begin_layout Subsection
32932 \begin_inset CommandInset label
32934 name "sub:Toolbars"
32942 \begin_layout Standard
32951 \begin_layout Standard
32952 In this menu you can set the appearance of the different toolbars.
32953 All toolbars and the
32955 Command\InsetSpace ~
32958 can be turned on and off.
32963 state is denoted in the menu with a checkmark.
32981 toolbars can be additionally set to the state
32985 that is denoted in the menu with the suffix
32992 \begin_layout Standard
32997 state the toolbar is permanently shown, in the
33001 state the toolbar is only shown when the cursor is in a certain environment
33002 or when a certain feature is enabled.
33003 That means that the review toolbar will only be shown when change tracking
33004 is activated, the math and table toolbars are only shown when the cursor
33005 is inside a formula or table, respectively.
33008 \begin_layout Standard
33009 LyX's toolbars and its buttons are explained in section\InsetSpace ~
33011 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33013 reference "sec:Toolbars"
33020 \begin_layout Section
33025 \begin_layout Standard
33034 \begin_layout Subsection
33038 \begin_layout Standard
33039 Inserts math constructs that are explained in chapter\InsetSpace ~
33041 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33043 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
33050 \begin_layout Subsection
33052 \begin_inset CommandInset label
33054 name "sub:Special-Character"
33061 \begin_layout Standard
33062 Here you can insert the following characters:
33065 \begin_layout Description
33066 Ellipsis Inserts an ellipsis: \SpecialChar \ldots{}
33070 \begin_layout Description
33073 Sentence Inserts an end of sentence dot as described in section\InsetSpace ~
33075 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33077 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
33084 \begin_layout Description
33085 Ordinary\InsetSpace ~
33086 Quote Inserts this quote:
33087 \begin_inset Quotes erd
33090 , no matter what quote type you selected in the
33092 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33102 \begin_layout Description
33103 Single\InsetSpace ~
33104 Quote Inserts this quote:
33105 \begin_inset Quotes els
33111 \begin_layout Description
33113 Separator Inserts the menu separator sign: \SpecialChar \menuseparator
33117 \begin_layout Description
33118 Phonetic\InsetSpace ~
33123 \begin_layout Standard
33133 \begin_layout Standard
33134 Language ! Phonetic symbols
33139 Creates a formula with a so called tipa inset.
33140 Here you can insert commands to create IPA phonetic symbols.
33141 For this feature you must have the LaTeX-package
33149 \begin_layout Standard
33150 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
33157 For more informations about this feature we refer to the documentation
33161 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
33169 and this Wiki-page:
33172 \begin_inset Flex URL
33175 \begin_layout Standard
33177 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LinguistLyX
33185 \begin_layout Subsection
33189 \begin_layout Standard
33190 Here you can insert the following format constructs:
33193 \begin_layout Description
33194 Superscript Inserts an superscript: test
33195 \begin_inset Formula $^{\text{a,b}}$
33201 \begin_layout Description
33202 Subscript Inserts an subscript: test
33203 \begin_inset Formula $_{\text{3x}}$
33209 \begin_layout Description
33210 Protected\InsetSpace ~
33211 Space Inserts a protected space that is described in section\InsetSpace ~
33213 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33215 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
33222 \begin_layout Description
33223 Inter-word\InsetSpace ~
33224 Space Inserts an inter-word space that is described in section\InsetSpace ~
33226 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33228 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
33235 \begin_layout Description
33237 Space Inserts a thin space that is described in section\InsetSpace ~
33239 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33241 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
33248 \begin_layout Description
33249 Horizontal\InsetSpace ~
33250 Fill Inserts an horizontal fill, see section\InsetSpace ~
33252 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33254 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
33261 \begin_layout Description
33262 Horizontal\InsetSpace ~
33263 Line Inserts an horizontal line, see section\InsetSpace ~
33265 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33267 reference "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
33274 \begin_layout Description
33275 Vertical\InsetSpace ~
33276 Space Inserts vertical space, see section\InsetSpace ~
33278 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33280 reference "sub:Vertical-Space"
33287 \begin_layout Description
33288 Hyphenation\InsetSpace ~
33289 Point Inserts an hyphenation point, see section\InsetSpace ~
33291 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33293 reference "sub:Hyphenation"
33300 \begin_layout Description
33301 Ligature\InsetSpace ~
33302 Break Inserts a ligature break, see section\InsetSpace ~
33304 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33306 reference "sub:Ligatures"
33313 \begin_layout Description
33315 Break Inserts a forced linebreak, see section\InsetSpace ~
33317 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33319 reference "sub:Forced-Linebreaks"
33326 \begin_layout Description
33328 Break Inserts a forced pagebreak, described in section\InsetSpace ~
33330 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33332 reference "sub:Forced-Pagebreaks"
33339 \begin_layout Description
33341 Page Inserts a clear pagebreak, described in section\InsetSpace ~
33343 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33345 reference "sub:Clear-Pages"
33352 \begin_layout Description
33354 Double\InsetSpace ~
33355 Page Inserts a clear doublepage break, described in section\InsetSpace ~
33357 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33359 reference "sub:Clear-Pages"
33366 \begin_layout Subsection
33370 \begin_layout Standard
33371 Various lists can be inserted with this menu.
33372 The table of contents, the algorithm, figures, and tables list are described
33373 in section\InsetSpace ~
33375 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33377 reference "sec:toc"
33382 The index list is described in section\InsetSpace ~
33384 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33386 reference "sec:Index"
33390 , the nomenclature in section\InsetSpace ~
33392 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33394 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
33398 , and the BibTeX bibliography in section\InsetSpace ~
33400 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33402 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
33409 \begin_layout Subsection
33413 \begin_layout Standard
33414 To insert floats, described in section\InsetSpace ~
33416 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33418 reference "sec:Floats"
33425 \begin_layout Subsection
33429 \begin_layout Standard
33430 To insert notes, described in section\InsetSpace ~
33432 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33434 reference "sec:Notes"
33441 \begin_layout Subsection
33445 \begin_layout Standard
33446 Inserts branch insets as described in section\InsetSpace ~
33448 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33450 reference "sec:Branches"
33457 \begin_layout Subsection
33462 \begin_layout Standard
33471 \begin_layout Standard
33472 Here you can inserts files to include them or its content to your document.
33473 How this can be done is in detail explained in chapter
33484 \begin_layout Subsection
33489 \begin_layout Standard
33498 \begin_layout Standard
33499 Inserts a minipage box that is described section\InsetSpace ~
33501 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33503 reference "sec:Minipages"
33508 All box types supported by LyX are explained in detail in chapter
33519 \begin_layout Subsection
33523 \begin_layout Standard
33524 Inserts a citation as described in section\InsetSpace ~
33526 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33528 reference "sec:Bibliography"
33535 \begin_layout Subsection
33539 \begin_layout Standard
33540 Inserts a cross-reference as described in section\InsetSpace ~
33542 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33544 reference "sec:Cross-References"
33551 \begin_layout Subsection
33555 \begin_layout Standard
33556 Inserts a label as described in section\InsetSpace ~
33558 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33560 reference "sec:Cross-References"
33567 \begin_layout Subsection
33572 \begin_layout Standard
33582 \begin_layout Standard
33583 Longtables ! Caption
33591 \begin_layout Standard
33592 Inserts a caption to floats or longtables.
33593 Floats are described in section\InsetSpace ~
33595 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33597 reference "sec:Floats"
33601 , cations in longtables are described in section
33612 \begin_layout Subsection
33616 \begin_layout Standard
33617 Inserts an index entry as described in section\InsetSpace ~
33619 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33621 reference "sec:Index"
33628 \begin_layout Subsection
33632 \begin_layout Standard
33633 Inserts a nomenclature entry as described in section\InsetSpace ~
33635 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33637 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
33644 \begin_layout Subsection
33648 \begin_layout Standard
33650 Tables are described in section\InsetSpace ~
33652 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33654 reference "sec:Tables"
33661 \begin_layout Subsection
33665 \begin_layout Standard
33667 Graphics are described in section\InsetSpace ~
33669 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33671 reference "sec:Graphics"
33678 \begin_layout Subsection
33682 \begin_layout Standard
33683 Inserts an URL box as described in section\InsetSpace ~
33685 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33687 reference "sec:URL"
33694 \begin_layout Subsection
33698 \begin_layout Standard
33699 Inserts a footnote, see section\InsetSpace ~
33701 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33703 reference "sec:Footnotes"
33710 \begin_layout Subsection
33714 \begin_layout Standard
33715 Inserts a marginal note, see section\InsetSpace ~
33717 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33719 reference "sec:Marginal-Notes"
33726 \begin_layout Subsection
33730 \begin_layout Standard
33731 Inserts a short title, see section\InsetSpace ~
33733 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33735 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
33742 \begin_layout Subsection
33746 \begin_layout Standard
33747 Inserts an ERT box, see section\InsetSpace ~
33749 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33751 reference "sub:ERT-Boxes"
33758 \begin_layout Subsection
33763 \begin_layout Standard
33772 \begin_layout Standard
33773 Inserts a program listings box.
33774 Program listings are explained in chapter
33776 Program Code Listings
33785 \begin_layout Subsection
33789 \begin_layout Standard
33790 Inserts the actual date.
33791 The format dependends on the date format of the language that is used for
33793 LyX offers another ways to insert a date which is explained in section
33803 There the different methods are also compared.
33806 \begin_layout Section
33811 \begin_layout Standard
33820 \begin_layout Standard
33821 This menu lists the existing, chapter, sections, figures, and tables of
33822 the current document.
33823 This allows you to navigate easily through you document.
33826 \begin_layout Standard
33827 The Navigate menu also offers to
33830 \begin_layout Subsection
33834 \begin_layout Standard
33835 With this menu you are able to define your own bookmarks.
33836 This is useful when you are working on a large documents and often have
33838 between section\InsetSpace ~
33840 To create bookmarks for this example, go to section\InsetSpace ~
33841 2.5 and use the menu
33845 Bookmark\InsetSpace ~
33849 Then go to section\InsetSpace ~
33853 Bookmark\InsetSpace ~
33857 Now you can easily jump between these sections by using the menu or by
33869 \begin_layout Standard
33870 You can also use bookmarks to jump between several opened documents.
33871 The saved bookmarks are valid till the document is closed.
33874 \begin_layout Subsection
33875 Next Note, Change, Cross-reference
33878 \begin_layout Standard
33879 Jump to the next note, change, or cross-reference following the current
33883 \begin_layout Subsection
33887 \begin_layout Standard
33888 Only active when the cursor is in front of a cross-reference.
33889 Sets the cursor before the referenced label, the same as if you right-click
33890 on a cross-reference box.
33893 \begin_layout Section
33898 \begin_layout Standard
33907 \begin_layout Subsection
33911 \begin_layout Standard
33912 Change Tracking is described in section\InsetSpace ~
33914 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33916 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
33923 \begin_layout Subsection
33928 \begin_layout Standard
33938 \begin_layout Standard
33939 After running LaTeX by viewing or exporting a document, this menu will be
33941 It shows the logfile of the used LaTeX-program.
33944 \begin_layout Standard
33945 Here you can see how LaTeX works in the background.
33950 will find in it reasons for LaTeX-errors.
33953 \begin_layout Subsection
33957 \begin_layout Standard
33958 Opens the TOC/Outline window as described in section\InsetSpace ~
33960 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33962 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
33969 \begin_layout Subsection
33970 Start Appendix Here
33973 \begin_layout Standard
33974 This menu will start the appendix of the document at the current cursor
33975 position as described in section\InsetSpace ~
33977 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33979 reference "sec:Appendices"
33986 \begin_layout Subsection
33990 \begin_layout Standard
33991 Un/compresses the actual document.
33994 \begin_layout Subsection
33996 \begin_inset CommandInset label
33998 name "sub:Settings"
34006 \begin_layout Standard
34007 Document ! Settings
34015 \begin_layout Standard
34016 This menu dialog contains some submenus to set properties for the whole
34018 You can save your document settings as default with the
34020 Save as Document Defaults
34022 button in the dialog.
34023 This will create a template named
34027 which is automatically loaded by LyX when you create a new document without
34031 \begin_layout Standard
34032 The different submenus of the dialog are explained in the following:
34035 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
34039 \begin_layout Standard
34040 Here you set the document class, class options, and a Postscript driver.
34041 Document classes are described in section\InsetSpace ~
34043 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34045 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
34050 The Postscript driver is used for LaTeX's color and graphics packages.
34055 , the default driver for the LaTeX-packages are used.
34056 It is recommended to use the default unless your know what you are doing.
34059 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
34063 \begin_layout Standard
34064 The document font settings are described in section\InsetSpace ~
34066 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34068 reference "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
34075 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
34079 \begin_layout Standard
34080 You can specify if paragraphs should be separated by indentations or vertical
34082 The line spacing and the number of text columns can here also be specified.
34086 \begin_layout Standard
34087 Note that LyX won't show two columns or the set up line spacing on screen.
34088 That's impractical, often unreadable, and not part of the WYSIWYM concept.
34089 However, it will be as you specified it in the output.
34092 \begin_layout Standard
34093 The listings settings are explained in the corresponding section in the
34101 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
34105 \begin_layout Standard
34106 A description of this menu is given in section\InsetSpace ~
34108 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34110 reference "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
34115 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34117 reference "sub:Document-Layout"
34124 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
34128 \begin_layout Standard
34129 Here you can adjust the paper margins, see section\InsetSpace ~
34131 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34133 reference "sub:Margins"
34140 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
34145 \begin_layout Standard
34146 Language ! Encoding
34154 \begin_layout Standard
34155 The document language and quote styles are set here.
34156 The encoding specifies how the document content is exported to LaTeX (the
34157 LyX file is always encoded in utf8).
34158 All characters that cannot be encoded using the specified encoding will
34159 be exported as LaTeX-commands (this can fail if a LaTeX-command is not
34160 known for a particular character).
34164 \begin_layout Standard
34165 The known commands are defined in a text file.
34166 You can add commands for unknown symbols to that file yourself, see the
34171 manual for details.
34179 \begin_layout Standard
34180 If you use the option
34182 use language's default encoding
34184 , LyX determines the encoding of a portion of text from the language of
34186 If the document contains text in more than one language you may get more
34187 than one encoding in the LaTeX file.
34188 If you do not use this option then the complete document will always use
34189 exactly one encoding.
34190 Checking this option is the preferred setting unless you use
34198 \begin_layout Standard
34199 XeTeX is a TeX typesetting engine, an alternative for LaTeX.
34200 It natively supports Unicode while its input file is assumed to be in UTF-8
34202 More about using LyX with XeTeX can be found in
34203 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
34217 \begin_layout Standard
34218 LyX also supports Unicode output, which is particularly useful if you need
34219 lots of special symbols or non-alphabetic scripts, respectively.
34220 If you want to use this (and your LaTeX installation supports Unicode,
34221 for that matter), choose one of the four utf8 variants from the list below.
34222 Unfortunately the unicode support of standard LaTeX is quite incomplete,
34223 so it is not uncommon that a file with lots of unicode symbols works fine
34226 use language's default encoding
34228 (when LyX uses it's list of known LaTeX-commands), but does not work with
34229 a fixed utf8 encoding (when the list of known LaTeX-commands is ot used,
34230 because all unicode symbols can be encoded in utf8).
34233 \begin_layout Standard
34234 Here is a list with the important encodings:
34237 \begin_layout Description
34241 use language's default encoding
34243 , but the LaTeX-package
34251 \begin_layout Standard
34252 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
34258 You probably need to load some other packages manually in the preamble.
34261 \begin_layout Description
34262 armscii8 encoding for Armenian
34265 \begin_layout Description
34266 ascii the ASCII encoding, covers only plain English, may result in a big
34267 file because lots of LaTeX-commands may be needed
34270 \begin_layout Description
34271 cp1250 MS Windows code page for latin2
34274 \begin_layout Description
34275 cp1251 MS Windows code page for Cyrillic
34278 \begin_layout Description
34279 cp1252 MS Windows code page for latin1
34282 \begin_layout Description
34283 cp1255 MS Windows code page for Hebrew, superset of the ISO-8859-8 encoding
34286 \begin_layout Description
34287 cp1256 MS Windows code page for Arabic and Farsi
34290 \begin_layout Description
34291 cp1257 MS Windows code page for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, the ISO-8859-
34292 13 encoding that is a superset of the ISO-8859-4 encoding
34295 \begin_layout Description
34296 iso88595 the ISO-8859-5 encoding, covers Belorussian, Bulgarian, Macedonian,
34297 Serbian, and Ukrainian
34300 \begin_layout Description
34301 iso-8859-7 the ISO-8859-7 encoding, covers Greek
34304 \begin_layout Description
34305 8859-8 the ISO-8859-8 encoding, covers Hebrew
34308 \begin_layout Description
34309 koi8-r standard Cyrillic especially for Russian
34312 \begin_layout Description
34313 koi8-u Cyrillic for Ukrainian
34316 \begin_layout Description
34317 latin1 the ISO-8859-1 encoding, covers the languages Albanian, Catalan,
34318 Danish, Dutch, English, Faroese, Finnish, French, Galician, German, Icelandic,
34319 Irish, Italian, Norwegian, Portuguese, Spanish, and Swedish; should be
34323 \begin_layout Description
34324 latin2 the ISO-8859-2 encoding, covers Albanian, Croatian, Czech, German,
34325 Hungarian, Polish, Romanian, Slovak, and Slovenian
34328 \begin_layout Description
34329 latin3 the ISO-8859-3 encoding, covers Esperanto, Galician, Maltese, and
34333 \begin_layout Description
34334 latin4 the ISO-8859-4 encoding, covers Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian
34337 \begin_layout Description
34338 latin5 the ISO-8859-9 encoding, covers Turkish, like the ISO-8859-1 encoding
34339 where the Icelandic letters are replaced by Turkish ones
34342 \begin_layout Description
34343 latin9 the ISO-8859-15 encoding, like the ISO-8859-1 encoding, but with
34344 the euro currency sign, the
34348 \begin_layout Standard
34357 -ligature and some characters used for French and Finnish; latin9 should
34358 be the replacement for latin1
34361 \begin_layout Description
34362 pt154 Cyrillic for Kazakh
34365 \begin_layout Description
34366 utf8 Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package
34374 \begin_layout Standard
34375 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
34380 (first variant, for latin symbols and some others).
34383 \begin_layout Description
34384 utf8x Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package
34388 (second variant, for greek and CJK symbols and some others).
34391 \begin_layout Description
34392 UTF8 Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package
34400 \begin_layout Standard
34401 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
34406 (for the languages Chinese, Japanese and Korean)
34409 \begin_layout Description
34410 utf8-plain Unicode utf8 to be used with
34414 , which uses Unicode directly, without the help of the LaTeX-package
34422 \begin_layout Standard
34423 More about using LyX with XeTeX can be found in
34424 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
34438 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
34442 \begin_layout Standard
34443 You can adjust here the numbering depth of sections headings as described
34444 in section\InsetSpace ~
34446 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34448 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
34455 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
34459 \begin_layout Standard
34460 You can specify here a citation style using the LaTeX-packages
34466 \begin_layout Standard
34467 LaTeX-packages ! natbib
34482 \begin_layout Standard
34483 LaTeX-packages ! jurabib
34489 For a further description see section\InsetSpace ~
34491 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34493 reference "sec:Bibliography"
34500 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
34504 \begin_layout Standard
34505 These options will force LyX to use the LaTeX-packages
34511 \begin_layout Standard
34512 LaTeX-packages ! amsmath
34525 \begin_layout Standard
34526 LaTeX-packages ! esint
34533 or to use them automatically when they are needed.
34536 \begin_layout Standard
34541 is needed for many constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in formulas,
34542 assure that you have enabled AMS.
34545 \begin_layout Standard
34550 is used for special integral characters.
34553 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
34557 \begin_layout Standard
34558 The float placement options are described in section
34559 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
34563 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34565 reference "sub:Float-Placement"
34572 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
34576 \begin_layout Standard
34577 Here you can adjust the characters for the itemize levels.
34578 The itemize environment is described in section\InsetSpace ~
34580 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34582 reference "sec:Itemize"
34589 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
34593 \begin_layout Standard
34594 Branches are described in section\InsetSpace ~
34596 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34598 reference "sec:Branches"
34605 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
34610 \begin_layout Standard
34620 \begin_layout Standard
34621 In this text field are entered commands to load special LaTeX-packages or
34622 to define LaTeX-commands.
34623 The preamble is a thing for LaTeX-experts.
34624 You shouldn't enter commands here until you don't exactly know what you
34628 \begin_layout Standard
34629 An introduction in the LaTeX-syntax is given in section\InsetSpace ~
34631 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34633 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
34640 \begin_layout Section
34645 \begin_layout Standard
34654 \begin_layout Subsection
34658 \begin_layout Standard
34659 Spell checking is explained in section\InsetSpace ~
34661 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34663 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
34670 \begin_layout Subsection
34674 \begin_layout Standard
34675 The thesaurus is described in section\InsetSpace ~
34677 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34679 reference "sec:Thesaurus"
34686 \begin_layout Subsection
34691 \begin_layout Standard
34700 \begin_layout Standard
34701 Counts the number of words in the actual document or the highlighted document
34705 \begin_layout Subsection
34710 \begin_layout Standard
34721 \begin_layout Standard
34730 \begin_layout Standard
34731 Shows you a list of the classes and styles installed in your LaTeX-system.
34734 \begin_layout Subsection
34739 \begin_layout Standard
34740 Reconfiguration of LyX
34749 \begin_layout Standard
34750 LyX ! Reconfigure|see
34754 \begin_layout Standard
34761 Reconfiguration of LyX
34765 \begin_layout Standard
34780 \begin_layout Standard
34781 This menu reconfigures LyX.
34782 That means LyX looks for LaTeX-packages and needed programs, see also section\InsetSpace ~
34784 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34786 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
34793 \begin_layout Subsection
34797 \begin_layout Standard
34798 The preferences dialog is described in detail in chapter
34799 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
34803 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34805 reference "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
34812 \begin_layout Section
34817 \begin_layout Standard
34826 \begin_layout Standard
34827 This menu opens the documentation files of LyX in the language of LyX's
34831 \begin_layout Standard
34837 shows a LyX-document with informations about the LaTeX-packages and classes
34838 found by LyX (see also section\InsetSpace ~
34840 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34842 reference "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
34849 \begin_layout Section
34851 \begin_inset CommandInset label
34853 name "sec:Toolbars"
34860 \begin_layout Standard
34861 How to show or hide toolbars is explained in section\InsetSpace ~
34863 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34865 reference "sub:Toolbars"
34872 \begin_layout Standard
34873 It is also possible to define custom toolbars.
34874 This is described in the
34882 \begin_layout Subsection
34887 \begin_layout Standard
34896 \begin_layout Standard
34897 \begin_inset Graphics
34898 filename clipart/StandardToolbar.png
34908 \begin_layout Standard
34909 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
34915 \begin_layout Standard
34916 The standard toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
34921 \begin_layout Standard
34933 \begin_inset Note Note
34936 \begin_layout Standard
34937 This is necessary to left align the following longtables.
34942 manual for more information.
34950 \begin_layout Standard
34951 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
34957 \begin_layout Standard
34958 \begin_inset Tabular
34959 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="2">
34960 <features islongtable="true">
34961 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
34962 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
34964 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34967 \begin_layout Standard
34968 \begin_inset Graphics
34969 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
34981 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34984 \begin_layout Standard
34985 pull-down menu for the paragraph environments
34998 \begin_layout Standard
34999 \begin_inset VSpace -10mm
35005 \begin_layout Standard
35007 \begin_inset Tabular
35008 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
35009 <features islongtable="true">
35010 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
35011 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
35012 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
35013 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35016 \begin_layout Standard
35019 \begin_inset Graphics
35020 filename ../images/buffer-new.png
35023 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
35032 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35035 \begin_layout Standard
35038 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35045 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
35046 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35049 \begin_layout Standard
35050 \begin_inset Graphics
35051 filename ../images/file-open.png
35054 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
35063 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35066 \begin_layout Standard
35069 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35076 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
35077 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35080 \begin_layout Standard
35081 \begin_inset Graphics
35082 filename ../images/buffer-write.png
35085 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
35094 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35097 \begin_layout Standard
35100 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35107 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
35108 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35111 \begin_layout Standard
35112 \begin_inset Graphics
35113 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
35116 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 24bp 20bp
35125 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35128 \begin_layout Standard
35131 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35138 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
35139 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35142 \begin_layout Standard
35143 \begin_inset Graphics
35144 filename ../images/dialog-show_spellchecker.png
35147 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
35156 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35159 \begin_layout Standard
35162 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35169 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
35170 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35173 \begin_layout Standard
35174 \begin_inset Graphics
35175 filename ../images/undo.png
35178 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
35187 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35190 \begin_layout Standard
35193 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35200 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
35201 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35204 \begin_layout Standard
35205 \begin_inset Graphics
35206 filename ../images/redo.png
35209 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
35218 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35221 \begin_layout Standard
35224 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35231 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
35232 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35235 \begin_layout Standard
35236 \begin_inset Graphics
35237 filename ../images/cut.png
35240 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
35249 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35252 \begin_layout Standard
35255 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35262 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
35263 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35266 \begin_layout Standard
35267 \begin_inset Graphics
35268 filename ../images/copy.png
35271 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
35280 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35283 \begin_layout Standard
35286 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35293 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
35294 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35297 \begin_layout Standard
35298 \begin_inset Graphics
35299 filename ../images/paste.png
35302 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
35311 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35314 \begin_layout Standard
35317 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35324 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
35325 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35328 \begin_layout Standard
35329 \begin_inset Graphics
35330 filename ../images/dialog-show_findreplace.png
35333 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
35334 rotateOrigin center
35343 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35346 \begin_layout Standard
35349 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35350 Find\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
35351 &\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
35358 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
35359 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35362 \begin_layout Standard
35363 \begin_inset Graphics
35364 filename ../images/font-emph.png
35367 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
35376 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35379 \begin_layout Standard
35380 Emphasize text, function of the Edit
35382 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
35392 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
35393 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35396 \begin_layout Standard
35397 \begin_inset Graphics
35398 filename ../images/font-noun.png
35401 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
35410 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35413 \begin_layout Standard
35414 Set text to noun style, function of the Edit
35416 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
35426 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
35427 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35430 \begin_layout Standard
35431 \begin_inset Graphics
35432 filename ../images/font-free-apply.png
35435 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
35444 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35447 \begin_layout Standard
35448 Formats text using the current settings in the
35450 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35460 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
35461 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35464 \begin_layout Standard
35465 \begin_inset Graphics
35466 filename ../images/math-mode.png
35469 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
35478 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35481 \begin_layout Standard
35484 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35485 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35486 Inline\InsetSpace ~
35493 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
35494 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35497 \begin_layout Standard
35498 \begin_inset Graphics
35499 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
35502 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
35503 rotateOrigin center
35512 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35515 \begin_layout Standard
35518 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35525 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
35526 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35529 \begin_layout Standard
35530 \begin_inset Graphics
35531 filename ../images/tabular-insert.png
35534 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
35535 rotateOrigin center
35544 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35547 \begin_layout Standard
35550 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35557 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
35558 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35561 \begin_layout Standard
35562 \begin_inset Graphics
35563 filename ../images/dialog-toggle_toc.png
35566 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
35567 rotateOrigin center
35576 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35579 \begin_layout Standard
35580 Toggle outline window on/off,
35582 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35589 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
35590 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35593 \begin_layout Standard
35594 \begin_inset Graphics
35595 filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_math.png
35598 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
35599 rotateOrigin center
35608 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35611 \begin_layout Standard
35612 Toggle math toolbar on/off
35618 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
35619 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35622 \begin_layout Standard
35623 \begin_inset Graphics
35624 filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_table.png
35627 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
35628 rotateOrigin center
35637 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35640 \begin_layout Standard
35641 Toggle table toolbar on/off
35654 \begin_layout Subsection
35659 \begin_layout Standard
35668 \begin_layout Standard
35669 \begin_inset Graphics
35670 filename clipart/ExtraToolbar.png
35680 \begin_layout Standard
35681 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
35687 \begin_layout Standard
35688 The extra toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
35692 \begin_layout Standard
35693 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
35699 \begin_layout Standard
35700 \begin_inset Tabular
35701 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="23" columns="2">
35702 <features islongtable="true">
35703 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
35704 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
35705 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
35706 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35709 \begin_layout Standard
35710 \begin_inset Graphics
35711 filename ../images/layout.png
35714 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
35715 rotateOrigin center
35724 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35727 \begin_layout Standard
35734 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
35735 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35738 \begin_layout Standard
35739 \begin_inset Graphics
35740 filename ../images/layout_Enumerate.png
35743 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
35744 rotateOrigin center
35753 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35756 \begin_layout Standard
35763 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
35764 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35767 \begin_layout Standard
35768 \begin_inset Graphics
35769 filename ../images/layout_Itemize.png
35772 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
35773 rotateOrigin center
35782 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35785 \begin_layout Standard
35792 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
35793 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35796 \begin_layout Standard
35797 \begin_inset Graphics
35798 filename ../images/layout_List.png
35801 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
35802 rotateOrigin center
35811 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35814 \begin_layout Standard
35821 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
35822 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35825 \begin_layout Standard
35826 \begin_inset Graphics
35827 filename ../images/layout_Description.png
35830 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
35831 rotateOrigin center
35840 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35843 \begin_layout Standard
35850 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
35851 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35854 \begin_layout Standard
35855 \begin_inset Graphics
35856 filename ../images/depth-increment.png
35859 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
35860 rotateOrigin center
35869 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35872 \begin_layout Standard
35875 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35876 Increase\InsetSpace ~
35884 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
35885 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35888 \begin_layout Standard
35889 \begin_inset Graphics
35890 filename ../images/depth-decrement.png
35893 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
35894 rotateOrigin center
35903 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35906 \begin_layout Standard
35909 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35910 Decrease\InsetSpace ~
35918 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
35919 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35922 \begin_layout Standard
35923 \begin_inset Graphics
35924 filename ../images/float-insert_figure.png
35927 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
35936 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35939 \begin_layout Standard
35942 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35943 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35950 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
35951 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35954 \begin_layout Standard
35955 \begin_inset Graphics
35956 filename ../images/float-insert_table.png
35959 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
35968 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35971 \begin_layout Standard
35974 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35975 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35982 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
35983 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35986 \begin_layout Standard
35987 \begin_inset Graphics
35988 filename ../images/label-insert.png
35991 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36000 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36003 \begin_layout Standard
36006 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36013 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36014 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36017 \begin_layout Standard
36018 \begin_inset Graphics
36019 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
36022 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36031 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36034 \begin_layout Standard
36037 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36044 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36045 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36048 \begin_layout Standard
36049 \begin_inset Graphics
36050 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
36053 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36062 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36065 \begin_layout Standard
36068 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36075 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36076 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36079 \begin_layout Standard
36080 \begin_inset Graphics
36081 filename ../images/index-insert.png
36084 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36093 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36096 \begin_layout Standard
36099 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36107 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36108 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36111 \begin_layout Standard
36112 \begin_inset Graphics
36113 filename ../images/nomencl-insert.png
36116 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36125 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36128 \begin_layout Standard
36131 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36132 Nomenclature\InsetSpace ~
36139 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36140 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36143 \begin_layout Standard
36144 \begin_inset Graphics
36145 filename ../images/footnote-insert.png
36148 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36157 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36160 \begin_layout Standard
36163 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36170 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36171 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36174 \begin_layout Standard
36175 \begin_inset Graphics
36176 filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.png
36179 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
36180 rotateOrigin center
36189 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36192 \begin_layout Standard
36195 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36196 Marginal\InsetSpace ~
36203 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36204 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36207 \begin_layout Standard
36208 \begin_inset Graphics
36209 filename ../images/note-insert.png
36212 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36221 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36224 \begin_layout Standard
36227 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36228 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36236 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36237 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36240 \begin_layout Standard
36241 \begin_inset Graphics
36242 filename ../images/url-insert.png
36245 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36254 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36257 \begin_layout Standard
36260 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36267 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36268 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36271 \begin_layout Standard
36272 \begin_inset Graphics
36273 filename ../images/ert-insert.png
36276 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36285 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36288 \begin_layout Standard
36291 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36298 \begin_layout Standard
36313 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36314 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36317 \begin_layout Standard
36318 \begin_inset Graphics
36319 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_include.png
36322 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36331 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36334 \begin_layout Standard
36337 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36338 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36346 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36347 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36350 \begin_layout Standard
36351 \begin_inset Graphics
36352 filename ../images/dialog-show_character.png
36355 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
36356 rotateOrigin center
36365 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36368 \begin_layout Standard
36371 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36379 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36380 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36383 \begin_layout Standard
36384 \begin_inset Graphics
36385 filename ../images/layout-paragraph.png
36388 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
36389 rotateOrigin center
36398 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36401 \begin_layout Standard
36404 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36405 Paragraph\InsetSpace ~
36412 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36413 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36416 \begin_layout Standard
36417 \begin_inset Graphics
36418 filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.png
36421 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
36422 rotateOrigin center
36431 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36434 \begin_layout Standard
36437 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36451 \begin_layout Subsection
36452 View / Update Toolbar
36456 \begin_layout Standard
36457 Toolbar ! View / Update
36465 \begin_layout Standard
36466 \begin_inset Graphics
36467 filename clipart/ViewToolbar.png
36476 \begin_layout Standard
36477 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
36483 \begin_layout Standard
36484 The view / update toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the
36488 \begin_layout Standard
36489 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
36495 \begin_layout Standard
36496 \begin_inset Tabular
36497 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="6" columns="2">
36498 <features islongtable="true">
36499 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
36500 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
36501 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36502 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36505 \begin_layout Standard
36506 \begin_inset Graphics
36507 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
36510 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
36511 rotateOrigin center
36520 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36523 \begin_layout Standard
36526 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36533 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36534 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36537 \begin_layout Standard
36538 \begin_inset Graphics
36539 filename ../images/buffer-update_dvi.png
36542 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
36543 rotateOrigin center
36552 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36555 \begin_layout Standard
36558 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36559 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36566 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36567 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36570 \begin_layout Standard
36571 \begin_inset Graphics
36572 filename ../images/buffer-view_pdf2.png
36575 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
36576 rotateOrigin center
36585 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36588 \begin_layout Standard
36591 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36598 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36599 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36602 \begin_layout Standard
36603 \begin_inset Graphics
36604 filename ../images/buffer-update_pdf2.png
36607 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
36608 rotateOrigin center
36617 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36620 \begin_layout Standard
36623 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36624 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36629 \begin_layout Standard
36630 This button is on some LyX for Windows installations not here because its
36631 functionality is merged with
36633 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36648 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36649 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36652 \begin_layout Standard
36653 \begin_inset Graphics
36654 filename ../images/buffer-view_ps.png
36657 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
36658 rotateOrigin center
36667 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36670 \begin_layout Standard
36673 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36680 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36681 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36684 \begin_layout Standard
36685 \begin_inset Graphics
36686 filename ../images/buffer-update_ps.png
36689 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
36690 rotateOrigin center
36699 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36702 \begin_layout Standard
36705 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36706 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36720 \begin_layout Subsection
36724 \begin_layout Standard
36725 The change tracking toolbar is explained in section\InsetSpace ~
36727 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36729 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
36733 , the table toolbar
36737 \begin_layout Standard
36743 is explained in the
36750 \begin_layout Chapter
36756 \begin_inset CommandInset label
36758 name "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
36766 \begin_layout Standard
36775 \begin_layout Standard
36776 The preferences dialog is called with the menu Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36778 It consists of submenus explained in the following.
36781 \begin_layout Section
36785 \begin_layout Subsection
36787 \begin_inset CommandInset label
36797 \begin_layout Standard
36798 Customization ! of toolbars
36807 \begin_layout Standard
36808 Customization ! of menus
36816 \begin_layout Standard
36817 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
36820 \begin_layout Standard
36825 You have to restart LyX before changes in ui- and bind-files take effect.
36833 \begin_layout Subsubsection
36834 User Interface File
36838 \begin_layout Standard
36839 Customization ! of toolbars
36848 \begin_layout Standard
36849 Customization ! of menus
36857 \begin_layout Standard
36858 The appearance of the menus and toolbars can be changed by choosing an user
36859 interface (ui) file.
36860 An ui-file is a textfile where the toolbars and menus are listed.
36861 The toolbar buttons and menu entries are specified in the files
36870 To create your own menu and toolbar layout, start with a copy of these
36871 files and edit the entries.
36874 \begin_layout Standard
36875 The syntax of the .inc-files is straightforward: The
36887 entries must be ended with an explicit
36912 and in the case of the
36913 \begin_inset Quotes eld
36917 \begin_inset Quotes erd
36925 The syntax for the entries is:
36928 \begin_layout Standard
36929 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
36935 \begin_inset Quotes erd
36943 \begin_inset Quotes erd
36947 \begin_inset Quotes erd
36951 \begin_inset Quotes erd
36957 \begin_layout Standard
36959 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
36962 All LyX-functions are listed in
36963 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
36972 \begin_layout Standard
36973 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
36979 \begin_layout Standard
36980 An example: Assuming you use the menu
36982 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36985 quite often and therefore want six available bookmarks, you can add the
36989 \begin_layout Standard
36990 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
36995 Item "Save Bookmark 6" "bookmark-save 6"
36998 \begin_layout Standard
37000 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
37003 to the navigate menu section in the .inc-file to have the sixth bookmark.
37006 \begin_layout Subsubsection
37011 \begin_layout Standard
37020 \begin_layout Standard
37021 Bindings are used to bind a function to a key.
37022 Several binding files are available:
37025 \begin_layout Description
37026 cua.bind typical set of PC keyboard shortcuts
37029 \begin_layout Description
37030 (x)emacs.bind set of bindings like they are used in the editor programs
37041 \begin_layout Description
37042 mac.bind set of bindings for
37044 Mac\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
37050 \begin_layout Standard
37051 There are also bind-files designed for special document classes, like
37055 , and bind files for special languages.
37056 The name of language bind-files begin with a language code, e.g.
37058 \begin_inset Quotes eld
37062 \begin_inset Quotes erd
37066 If you use LyX in a certain language, LyX will try to use the appropriate
37070 \begin_layout Standard
37071 Some bind-files, like
37075 , have only a small scope.
37076 When looking at the the end of the file
37080 , you can see that they are included to keep the overview in the bind-file.
37083 \begin_layout Standard
37084 If you like to customize the keybindings to your own taste, modify the bind-file
37085 s with a text editor.
37086 The syntax of the entries is:
37089 \begin_layout Standard
37095 \begin_inset Quotes erd
37099 \begin_inset Quotes erd
37103 \begin_inset Quotes erd
37107 \begin_inset Quotes erd
37113 \begin_layout Standard
37114 All LyX-functions are listed in
37115 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
37124 \begin_layout Subsubsection
37128 \begin_layout Standard
37131 Save\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
37132 /\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
37133 restore window size, or use fixed size
37135 is not checked, you can specify the size of LyX's main window when LyX
37139 \begin_layout Standard
37142 Save\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
37143 /\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
37144 restore window position
37146 LyX will be opened with its main window at the last used position.
37149 \begin_layout Standard
37152 Restore cursor positions
37154 sets the cursor to the position in the file where it has been the last
37158 \begin_layout Standard
37161 Load opened files from last session
37163 opens all files that were opened in the last LyX session.
37166 \begin_layout Subsubsection
37168 \begin_inset CommandInset label
37170 name "sub:Backup documents"
37178 \begin_layout Standard
37187 \begin_layout Standard
37192 is set, you can specify the time between backup saves.
37195 \begin_layout Standard
37200 is the number of last opened files that LyX should display in the menu
37203 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37210 \begin_layout Subsubsection
37214 \begin_layout Standard
37217 Cursor follows scrollbar
37219 sets the cursor to the top of the currently displayed document part when
37223 \begin_layout Subsubsection
37227 \begin_layout Standard
37230 Enable Pixmap Cache
37232 enabled, LyX needs to redraw the screen less often.
37233 This results in better performance, especially on slow systems.
37234 On the other hand, the characters might look more fuzzy on screen.
37235 So whether you enable this or not depends on whether you prefer speed over
37237 Note that the Pixmap Cache is only available and useful under Mac\InsetSpace ~
37242 \begin_layout Subsection
37247 \begin_layout Standard
37254 \begin_inset CommandInset label
37256 name "sub:Screen-Fonts"
37263 \begin_layout Standard
37264 These fonts are used to display your documents on the screen.
37267 \begin_layout Standard
37268 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
37271 \begin_layout Standard
37276 This section only deals with the fonts
37281 The fonts that appear on the output are independent from these fonts, and
37284 Layout\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37295 \begin_layout Standard
37296 By default, LyX uses
37300 as roman (serif) font,
37308 (depends on the system) as
37324 \begin_layout Standard
37325 You can change the font size with the
37332 \begin_layout Standard
37337 is the screen resolution in dpi (dots per inch).
37338 The Font Sizes are calculated as letter height in units of points.
37339 72\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
37340 points have the size of 1\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
37341 inch, see Appendix\InsetSpace ~
37343 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37345 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
37352 \begin_layout Standard
37357 are the same as if a document font size of 10
37358 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
37362 The sizes are explained in detail in section\InsetSpace ~
37364 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37366 reference "sub:Document-Font"
37373 \begin_layout Subsection
37378 \begin_layout Standard
37388 \begin_layout Standard
37397 \begin_layout Standard
37398 You can here change all colors used by LyX.
37399 Choose an item in the list and use the
37406 \begin_layout Subsection
37411 \begin_layout Standard
37412 Settings ! Graphics
37420 \begin_layout Standard
37421 Here you can specify how graphics inside LyX are displayed.
37424 \begin_layout Standard
37429 enables previewing snippets of your document.
37430 This feature is described in section\InsetSpace ~
37432 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37434 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
37441 \begin_layout Subsection
37446 \begin_layout Standard
37456 \begin_layout Standard
37457 Settings ! Keyboard Map
37463 \begin_inset CommandInset label
37465 name "sub:Keyboard-Map"
37472 \begin_layout Standard
37473 Normally keyboard settings have to be done in a menu of your operating system.
37474 For the case that this is not possible, LyX provides keyboard maps.
37475 If you have e.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
37477 a Czech keyboard but want to write with it like with a Romanian
37478 one, you can use the keyboard map file named
37485 \begin_layout Standard
37486 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
37489 \begin_layout Standard
37494 Keyboard maps are only provided as makeshift and don't work on all systems.
37502 \begin_layout Section
37507 \begin_layout Standard
37517 \begin_layout Standard
37518 Settings ! Directory
37526 \begin_layout Description
37527 Working\InsetSpace ~
37528 directory This is LyX's working directory.
37529 It is the default when you
37545 \begin_layout Description
37546 Document\InsetSpace ~
37547 templates This directory will be opened when you use the menu
37549 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37557 \begin_layout Description
37558 Backup\InsetSpace ~
37563 \begin_layout Standard
37569 Backup copies will be saved to this directory.
37570 When no directory is given but backups are enabled as described in section\InsetSpace ~
37572 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37574 reference "sub:Backup documents"
37582 will be used to save the backups.
37584 The backup files have the ending
37585 \begin_inset Quotes eld
37589 \begin_inset Quotes erd
37595 \begin_layout Description
37600 \begin_layout Standard
37607 XServer-Pipe Here you can enter the name of a Unix-pipe.
37608 This pipe is used to send data from external programs to LyX.
37611 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
37614 \begin_layout Standard
37619 This feature doesn't work on Windows systems.
37627 \begin_layout Description
37628 Temporary\InsetSpace ~
37629 directory Temporary files will be saved in this directory.
37632 \begin_layout Description
37634 prefix This field contains a list of paths to external programs.
37635 When LyX needs to use an external program, it looks in this list where
37636 to find it on the system.
37637 The path list is automatically set up on Windows and Mac systems while
37638 LyX is configured, so that you normally don't have to modify it.
37639 On Unix\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
37640 /\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
37641 Linux systems, the path list will need to be set only if there
37642 are external programs you wish to use that are not in your normal system
37647 \begin_layout Section
37651 \begin_layout Standard
37652 Here you can insert your name and email address.
37653 The identity will be used when you have enabled change tracking as described
37654 in section\InsetSpace ~
37656 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37658 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
37662 , to mark changes you make as yours.
37665 \begin_layout Section
37670 \begin_layout Standard
37671 Language ! Settings
37680 \begin_layout Standard
37681 Settings ! Language
37689 \begin_layout Subsection
37693 \begin_layout Description
37694 Default\InsetSpace ~
37695 language is the language used in new documents
37698 \begin_layout Description
37699 Language\InsetSpace ~
37700 package is a LaTeX-command to load a LaTeX-package that handles
37702 The default is the LaTeX-command
37708 that loads the package
37716 \begin_layout Standard
37717 For an introduction to the LaTeX-Syntax, have a look at section\InsetSpace ~
37719 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37721 reference "sec:ERT"
37736 translates in the background automatically text labels of documents to
37737 the document language.
37738 A text label is for instance the word
37739 \begin_inset Quotes eld
37743 \begin_inset Quotes erd
37746 at the beginning of every table-caption.
37749 \begin_layout Description
37750 Command\InsetSpace ~
37751 start When a special LaTeX-package is needed to write in a certain
37752 document language, you can here specify the command to start the package.
37753 An example is the start command
37759 that is needed to write Arabic using the package
37764 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
37779 selectlanguage{$$lang}
37784 \begin_layout Description
37785 Command\InsetSpace ~
37791 Some packages, like the default, don't have an end command since the start
37792 command toggles the package on and off.
37795 \begin_layout Description
37804 \begin_layout Description
37805 Global When this option is set, the languages used in the document will
37806 be added as options to the document class options, so that they can be
37807 used by all LaTeX-packages.
37808 Otherwise they will only be used as options for the
37815 \begin_layout Description
37817 begin When this option is set, the documents starts with the chosen
37819 When this option is not set, the
37821 Command\InsetSpace ~
37824 is explicitly set to the beginning of the document in the LaTeX-output.
37825 This assures that the correct language is used when you use another
37827 Command\InsetSpace ~
37833 \begin_layout Description
37841 When it is not set, the
37843 Command\InsetSpace ~
37846 is set to the end of the document.
37849 \begin_layout Description
37851 foreign\InsetSpace ~
37852 languages Text marked formatted in a language different from
37853 the document language will be underlined blue.
37856 \begin_layout Description
37860 language\InsetSpace ~
37861 support Enables the use of languages, written from right
37862 to left, like Arabic, Hebrew, Farsi.
37865 \begin_layout Subsection
37869 \begin_layout Standard
37870 The spellchecker settings are explained in section\InsetSpace ~
37872 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37874 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
37881 \begin_layout Section
37885 \begin_layout Subsection
37887 \begin_inset CommandInset label
37897 \begin_layout Standard
37907 \begin_layout Standard
37916 \begin_layout Description
37917 Default\InsetSpace ~
37918 printer Here you can specify the name of your default printer.
37919 The name will be used when the
37926 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
37929 \begin_layout Standard
37934 You can leave this field empty on Windows systems because it has there
37943 \begin_layout Description
37945 output\InsetSpace ~
37947 printer This option works only for the
37952 \begin_inset Quotes eld
37960 \begin_inset Quotes erd
37964 It activates a configuration file for dvips.
37965 This is an option only for dvips experts.
37968 \begin_layout Description
37969 Printer\InsetSpace ~
37970 command is the command LyX\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
37971 /\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
37972 LaTeX uses for printing.
37973 The default is on most systems
37980 \begin_layout Description
37981 Printer\InsetSpace ~
37982 Command\InsetSpace ~
37983 Options Here you can specify printer options.
37984 A list of printer options with explanations can be found in the documentation
37985 of the program that provides the
37992 \begin_layout Subsection
37997 \begin_layout Standard
38007 \begin_layout Standard
38008 Settings ! Date format
38016 \begin_layout Standard
38017 The date format can be one or a mixture of the formats listed here:
38020 \begin_inset Flex URL
38023 \begin_layout Standard
38025 http://unixhelp.ed.ac.uk/CGI/man-cgi?date
38032 For example the format
38036 prints the date as day/month/year.
38039 \begin_layout Subsection
38043 \begin_layout Description
38044 Output\InsetSpace ~
38046 length sets the maximum number of characters printed in one line
38047 when using the menu
38049 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38050 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38055 Setting the line line length to 0 means all text is printed in one endless
38059 \begin_layout Description
38061 command defines an additional command used to produce better ASCII tables
38066 UNIX-commands (refer to their manuals for more information about them).
38067 Setting this as empty tells LyX to use the internal formatter.
38070 \begin_layout Subsection
38075 \begin_layout Standard
38083 \begin_inset CommandInset label
38085 name "sub:LaTeX-settings"
38093 \begin_layout Standard
38102 \begin_layout Description
38107 \begin_layout Standard
38115 encoding This is the default encoding of the document font.
38120 is the default and covers western languages and symbols.
38142 Combinations of the encodings are possible, like
38143 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38151 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38155 The font encoding is normally automatically loaded by the language packages
38156 LyX sets up in the background.
38157 So there is no need to change the default encoding.
38160 \begin_layout Description
38161 Default\InsetSpace ~
38163 size This is the paper size that is used for new documents.
38168 value depends on your LaTeX-system setup.
38171 \begin_layout Description
38174 options\InsetSpace ~
38176 document\InsetSpace ~
38177 classes\InsetSpace ~
38178 changes Removes all manually set document
38179 class options in the
38181 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38184 dialog when changing the document class.
38187 \begin_layout Standard
38190 External Applications
38192 field you can specify commands with parameters for the listed applications.
38193 Before you change something here, it is strongly recommended to read the
38194 manuals of the applications.
38195 Currently the following commands can be set:
38198 \begin_layout Description
38203 \begin_layout Standard
38211 command Command for the program
38215 that is described in section
38226 \begin_layout Description
38231 \begin_layout Standard
38239 command Command for the program
38243 that generates the bibliography, see section\InsetSpace ~
38245 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38247 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
38254 \begin_layout Description
38256 command Command for the program that generates the index, see section\InsetSpace ~
38258 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38260 reference "sub:Index-Program"
38267 \begin_layout Description
38269 viewer\InsetSpace ~
38272 options They only have an effect when the program
38276 is used as DVI-viewer.
38279 \begin_layout Subsection
38284 \begin_layout Standard
38294 \begin_layout Standard
38303 \begin_layout Standard
38308 is only available in the Windows version of LyX.
38311 Use Windows-style paths in LaTeX files
38313 uses the Windows path style:
38316 \begin_layout Standard
38324 \begin_layout Standard
38325 instead of the Unix path style:
38328 \begin_layout Standard
38332 \begin_layout Section
38337 \begin_layout Standard
38346 \begin_layout Standard
38347 Here you find the list of defined converter commands to convert material
38348 from one format to another.
38349 You can modify them or create new ones.
38350 To modify a converter, select it, change the entry of the field
38364 To create a new converter, select an existing one, select a different format
38370 drop-down list, modify the
38374 field, and press the
38381 \begin_layout Standard
38384 Converter File Cache
38386 is enabled, conversions will be cached as long as specified in the field
38389 Maximum Age (in days
38392 This means that images don't need to be converted again when you reopen
38393 a document; the converted images from the cache will be used instead.
38396 \begin_layout Standard
38397 More about converters, like the variables and flags that can be used in
38398 the converter definition, is described in section
38409 \begin_layout Section
38414 \begin_layout Standard
38421 \begin_inset CommandInset label
38423 name "sec:File-Formats"
38430 \begin_layout Standard
38431 Here you find the list of defined file formats that LyX can handle.
38432 You can modify the viewer and editor program that should be used for certain
38434 To create a new format, select an existing one, change the entry of the
38451 \begin_layout Standard
38452 More about formats, like the options that can be used in the format definition,
38453 is described in section
38464 \begin_layout Section
38469 \begin_layout Standard
38478 \begin_layout Standard
38479 Here you find the list of defined copiers.
38480 Since all conversions from one format to another take place in LyX's temporary
38481 directory, it is sometimes necessary to modify a file before copying it
38482 to the temporary directory in order that the conversion may be performed.
38483 This is done by a Copier.
38486 \begin_layout Standard
38487 More about converters is described in section
38498 \begin_layout Chapter
38499 Units available in LyX
38503 \begin_layout Standard
38510 \begin_inset CommandInset label
38512 name "cha:Units-available-in"
38519 \begin_layout Standard
38520 To understand the units described in this documentation,
38521 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38523 reference "cap:Units"
38527 explains all units available in LyX.
38530 \begin_layout Standard
38531 \begin_inset Float table
38537 \begin_layout Standard
38538 \begin_inset Caption
38540 \begin_layout Standard
38541 \begin_inset CommandInset label
38555 \begin_layout Standard
38556 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
38562 \begin_layout Standard
38564 \begin_inset Tabular
38565 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
38567 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0">
38568 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0">
38569 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
38570 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
38573 \begin_layout Standard
38579 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
38582 \begin_layout Standard
38589 <row topline="true">
38590 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
38593 \begin_layout Standard
38599 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
38602 \begin_layout Standard
38609 <row topline="true">
38610 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
38613 \begin_layout Standard
38619 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
38622 \begin_layout Standard
38629 <row topline="true">
38630 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
38633 \begin_layout Standard
38639 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
38642 \begin_layout Standard
38649 <row topline="true">
38650 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
38653 \begin_layout Standard
38659 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
38662 \begin_layout Standard
38663 point (72.27\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
38664 pt = 1\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
38671 <row topline="true">
38672 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
38675 \begin_layout Standard
38681 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
38684 \begin_layout Standard
38685 pica (1\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
38686 pc = 12\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
38693 <row topline="true">
38694 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
38697 \begin_layout Standard
38703 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
38706 \begin_layout Standard
38707 scaled point (65536\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
38708 sp = 1\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
38715 <row topline="true">
38716 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
38719 \begin_layout Standard
38725 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
38728 \begin_layout Standard
38729 big point (72\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
38730 bp = 1\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
38737 <row topline="true">
38738 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
38741 \begin_layout Standard
38747 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
38750 \begin_layout Standard
38751 didot (72\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
38753 \begin_inset Formula $\approx$
38756 37.6\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
38763 <row topline="true">
38764 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
38767 \begin_layout Standard
38773 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
38776 \begin_layout Standard
38777 cicero (1\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
38778 cc = 12\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
38785 <row topline="true">
38786 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
38789 \begin_layout Standard
38795 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
38798 \begin_layout Standard
38799 % of original image width
38805 <row topline="true">
38806 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
38809 \begin_layout Standard
38815 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
38818 \begin_layout Standard
38825 <row topline="true">
38826 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
38829 \begin_layout Standard
38835 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
38838 \begin_layout Standard
38845 <row topline="true">
38846 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
38849 \begin_layout Standard
38855 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
38858 \begin_layout Standard
38865 <row topline="true">
38866 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
38869 \begin_layout Standard
38875 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
38878 \begin_layout Standard
38885 <row topline="true">
38886 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
38889 \begin_layout Standard
38895 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
38898 \begin_layout Standard
38905 <row topline="true">
38906 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
38909 \begin_layout Standard
38915 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
38918 \begin_layout Standard
38925 <row topline="true">
38926 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
38929 \begin_layout Standard
38935 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
38938 \begin_layout Standard
38949 <row topline="true">
38950 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
38953 \begin_layout Standard
38959 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
38962 \begin_layout Standard
38973 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
38974 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
38977 \begin_layout Standard
38983 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
38986 \begin_layout Standard
38987 math unit (1\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
38988 mu = 1/18\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
39007 \begin_layout Chapter
39009 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39018 \begin_layout Standard
39019 The documentation is a collaborative effort between many different people
39020 (and we would encourage people to contribute!).
39023 \begin_layout Itemize
39026 Alejandro Aguilar Sierra
39029 \begin_layout Itemize
39035 \begin_layout Itemize
39041 \begin_layout Itemize
39047 \begin_layout Itemize
39053 \begin_layout Itemize
39059 \begin_layout Itemize
39065 \begin_layout Itemize
39071 \begin_layout Itemize
39074 Lars Gullik Bjønnes
39077 \begin_layout Itemize
39083 \begin_layout Itemize
39089 \begin_layout Itemize
39095 \begin_layout Itemize
39101 \begin_layout Itemize
39107 \begin_layout Itemize
39113 \begin_layout Itemize
39119 \begin_layout Itemize
39125 \begin_layout Itemize
39127 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
39136 \begin_layout Standard
39139 The bibliography on the following page was created with the
39146 \begin_layout Bibliography
39147 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
39148 LatexCommand bibitem
39158 \begin_layout Standard
39162 addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{
39172 \begin_inset Note Note
39175 \begin_layout Standard
39182 is explained in the
39187 It creates a TOC entry.
39190 \begin_layout Standard
39191 A manual TOC entry for the bibliography is only necessary because we use
39192 two different ones in one document.
39201 \begin_layout Standard
39205 href{http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS}{
39214 \begin_layout Standard
39222 \begin_inset Note Note
39225 \begin_layout Standard
39232 is explained in the
39237 It creates a hyperlink.
39245 \begin_inset Flex URL
39248 \begin_layout Standard
39250 http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS
39258 \begin_layout Bibliography
39259 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
39260 LatexCommand bibitem
39261 key "latexcompanion"
39265 Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens:
39267 The LaTeX Companion Second Edition.
39270 Addison-Wesley, 2004
39273 \begin_layout Bibliography
39274 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
39275 LatexCommand bibitem
39280 Helmut Kopka and Patrick W.
39283 A Guide to LaTeX Fourth Edition.
39286 Addison-Wesley, 2003
39289 \begin_layout Bibliography
39290 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
39291 LatexCommand bibitem
39298 LaTeX: A Document Preparation System.
39301 Addison-Wesley, second edition, 1994
39304 \begin_layout Bibliography
39305 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
39306 LatexCommand bibitem
39318 Addison-Wesley, 1984
39321 \begin_layout Bibliography
39322 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
39323 LatexCommand bibitem
39331 \begin_inset Flex URL
39334 \begin_layout Standard
39336 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/bytopic.html
39344 \begin_layout Bibliography
39345 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
39346 LatexCommand bibitem
39352 \begin_inset Flex URL
39355 \begin_layout Standard
39357 http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html
39365 \begin_layout Bibliography
39366 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
39367 LatexCommand bibitem
39376 \begin_layout Standard
39380 href{http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi}{
39389 \begin_layout Standard
39403 \begin_inset Flex URL
39406 \begin_layout Standard
39408 http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi
39416 \begin_layout Bibliography
39417 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
39418 LatexCommand bibitem
39427 \begin_layout Standard
39431 href{ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf}{
39440 \begin_layout Standard
39447 of the LaTeX-package
39455 \begin_layout Standard
39456 LaTeX-packages ! caption
39464 \begin_inset Flex URL
39467 \begin_layout Standard
39469 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf
39477 \begin_layout Bibliography
39478 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
39479 LatexCommand bibitem
39488 \begin_layout Standard
39492 href{ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf}
39502 \begin_layout Standard
39509 of the LaTeX-package
39517 \begin_layout Standard
39518 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
39526 \begin_inset Flex URL
39529 \begin_layout Standard
39531 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf
39539 \begin_layout Bibliography
39540 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
39541 LatexCommand bibitem
39550 \begin_layout Standard
39554 href{ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/floatflt/floatflt.pdf}
39564 \begin_layout Standard
39571 of the LaTeX-package
39579 \begin_layout Standard
39580 LaTeX-packages ! floatflt
39588 \begin_inset Flex URL
39591 \begin_layout Standard
39593 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/floatflt/floatflt.pdf
39601 \begin_layout Bibliography
39602 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
39603 LatexCommand bibitem
39612 \begin_layout Standard
39616 href{ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf}{
39625 \begin_layout Standard
39632 of the LaTeX-package
39640 \begin_layout Standard
39641 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
39649 \begin_inset Flex URL
39652 \begin_layout Standard
39654 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf
39662 \begin_layout Bibliography
39663 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
39664 LatexCommand bibitem
39673 \begin_layout Standard
39677 href{http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf}{
39686 \begin_layout Standard
39693 of the LaTeX-package
39701 \begin_layout Standard
39702 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
39710 \begin_inset Flex URL
39713 \begin_layout Standard
39715 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf
39723 \begin_layout Bibliography
39724 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
39725 LatexCommand bibitem
39734 \begin_layout Standard
39738 href{http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/XeTeX}{
39747 \begin_layout Standard
39754 how to use LyX with XeTeX:
39757 \begin_inset Flex URL
39760 \begin_layout Standard
39762 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/XeTeX
39770 \begin_layout Bibliography
39771 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
39772 LatexCommand bibitem
39781 \begin_layout Standard
39785 href{http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic}{
39794 \begin_layout Standard
39801 how to set up LyX for Arabic:
39804 \begin_inset Flex URL
39807 \begin_layout Standard
39809 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic
39817 \begin_layout Bibliography
39818 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
39819 LatexCommand bibitem
39828 \begin_layout Standard
39832 href{http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian}{
39841 \begin_layout Standard
39848 how to set up LyX for Armenian:
39851 \begin_inset Flex URL
39854 \begin_layout Standard
39856 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian
39864 \begin_layout Bibliography
39865 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
39866 LatexCommand bibitem
39875 \begin_layout Standard
39879 href{http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi}{
39888 \begin_layout Standard
39895 how to set up LyX for Farsi:
39898 \begin_inset Flex URL
39901 \begin_layout Standard
39903 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi
39911 \begin_layout Bibliography
39912 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
39913 LatexCommand bibitem
39922 \begin_layout Standard
39926 href{http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew}{
39935 \begin_layout Standard
39942 how to set up LyX for Hebrew:
39945 \begin_inset Flex URL
39948 \begin_layout Standard
39950 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew
39958 \begin_layout Bibliography
39959 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
39960 LatexCommand bibitem
39969 \begin_layout Standard
39973 href{http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LyxFunctionList}{
39982 \begin_layout Standard
39989 with a list of all available LyX-functions:
39992 \begin_inset Flex URL
39995 \begin_layout Standard
39997 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LyxFunctionList
40005 \begin_layout Standard
40009 \begin_inset CommandInset bibtex
40010 LatexCommand bibtex
40011 options "biblio/alphadin"
40012 bibfiles "biblio/LyXDocs"
40019 \begin_layout Standard
40020 The above bibliography is created from a BibTeX-database.
40023 \begin_layout Standard
40027 \begin_layout Standard
40031 addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{
40041 \begin_inset Note Note
40044 \begin_layout Standard
40051 is explained in the
40056 It creates a TOC entry.
40059 \begin_layout Standard
40060 A manual TOC entry for the bibliography is only necessary because we use
40061 two different ones in one document.
40069 \begin_layout Standard
40072 \begin_inset CommandInset nomencl_print
40073 LatexCommand printnomenclature
40078 \begin_inset CommandInset index_print
40079 LatexCommand printindex